As
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2020.
Registration
No. 333-236274
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
S-1/A
Amendment
No. 3
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
eWELLNESS
HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Nevada
|
|
9082
|
|
90-1073143
|
(State
or other jurisdiction of
incorporation
or organization)
|
|
(Primary
Standard Industrial
Classification
Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
Number)
|
333
Las Olas Way, Suite 100
Ft.
Lauderdale, FL 33301
Phone:
(855) 470-1700
(Address,
including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Darwin
Fogt
Chief
Executive Officer
333
Las Olas Way, Suite 100
Ft.
Lauderdale, FL 33301
Phone:
(855) 470-1700
(Name,
address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies
to:
The
Lonergan Law Firm, LLC
Lawrence
R. Lonergan, Esq.
96
Park Street
Montclair,
NJ 07042
(973)
641-4012
Approximate
date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration
statement.
If
any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under
the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [ ]
If
this Form is filed to register additional securities for an Offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same Offering. [ ]
If
this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same Offering. [ ]
If
this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same Offering. [ ]
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”
“smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large
accelerated filer [ ]
|
Accelerated
filer [ ]
|
Non-accelerated filer [ ]
|
Smaller reporting company [X]
|
|
Emerging growth company [X]
|
If
an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.
[ ]
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title
of Each
Class of Securities
to be Registered
|
|
Amount
to be
Registered
|
|
|
Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price per Share
|
|
|
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
|
|
|
Amount
of
Registration
Fee(1)
|
|
Units consisting of shares
of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and Warrants to purchase shares of Common stock, par value $0.001
per share
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
25.00
|
|
|
$
|
50,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of Series B Preferred Stock, included
as part of the Units
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock Purchase Warrants to purchase common
stock, included as part of the Units (2)
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of Common stock, par value $0.001 per
share, issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (3)(4)
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
3.00
|
|
|
$
|
30,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
22,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
10,384
|
|
(1)
|
Calculated pursuant
to Rule 457(a) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate Offering price.
|
(2)
|
In accordance with
Rule 457(i) promulgated under the Securities Act, because the shares of our common stock underlying the Warrants are registered
hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the Warrants registered hereby.
|
(3)
|
We are issuing five
(5) Common stock Purchase Warrants (the “Warrants”) each exercisable to purchase one (1) share of our common stock
as part of the units offered hereunder (the “Units”). Each Unit consists of: (i) one (1) share of 13% Series B
Preferred Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred”); and (ii) five (5) Warrants.
The Warrants are exercisable for a period of five (5) years from the date of issuance at a price of $3.00 per share.
|
(4)
|
No additional registration
fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(g) promulgated under the Securities Act.
|
The
registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until
the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become
effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or until
the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell
these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
Subject
to completion, dated April 9, 2020
PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS
2,000,000
Units
Each
Unit Consisting of
One
Share of 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock and
Five
Warrants to Purchase One Share of Common stock Each
Pursuant
to this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, we are offering (the “Offering”) a total of 2,000,000
units (each a “Unit” and collectively, the “Units”), each Unit consisting of: (i) one share of our newly
authorized 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”); and (ii) five
(5) warrants (the “Warrants”) each exercisable to purchase one (1) share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share
(“Common stock” or “Warrant Shares”), at an exercise price of $3.00 on a post-Reverse Split basis (the
“Exercise Price”) per Warrant Share . Each Warrant offered hereby as part of the Units is immediately exercisable
on the date of issuance and will expire on [_________], the date that is five (5) years from the date of issuance (the “Warrant
Expiration Date”). Reference is made to the pending Reverse Split of our Common stock on a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis, that
is pending before and subject to approval by FINRA.
Dividends
on the Series B Preferred, having a stated value of $25 per share (“Stated Value”), which are offered hereby as part
of the Units, are cumulative from the first day of the calendar month in which they are issued, and will be payable on the 15th
day of each calendar month, when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors (“Board”). Dividends will be payable
out of amounts legally available therefor at a rate equal to 13% per annum per $25, the Stated Value per share, or $3.25 per share
of Series B Preferred per year. We will reserve the amount equal to the first three years of dividend payments, or $9.75 per share
of Series B Preferred, from the proceeds from this Offering (the “Dividend Reserve”) in an escrow account (the “Escrow
Account”) maintained by International Financial Enterprise Bank (“IFEB Bank”), with offices in Dallas, TX, also
referred to hereinafter as the “Escrow Agent.”
Commencing
on three years from the dates of issuance, we may redeem, at our option, the shares of Series B Preferred, in whole or in part,
at a cash redemption price equal to: (i) of $25 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption
date. The Series B Preferred has no stated maturity, will not be subject to any sinking fund or other mandatory redemption, and
will not be convertible into or exchangeable for any of our other securities.
Holders
of the Series B Preferred will have no voting rights, except as set forth below in section “Voting Rights” under subheading
“Description of Offered Securities”.
Prior
to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Units, the Series B Preferred or the Warrants. We anticipate that upon
the SEC declaring the registration statement effective, and FINRA approving the symbols we request for the Units, shares of Series
B Preferred, and the Warrants, that these securities will initially be subject to quotation and trading on the OTC, possibly,
the OTCQB of which there can be no assurance, under the symbols “EWLLU,” “EWLLB” and “EWLLW,”
respectively. Our Common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB market under the symbol “EWLL.” In order to qualify
for the OTCQB, we will need to generate net proceeds of $1.7 million from the sale of 68,000 Units, at which time we will have
the initial closing, thereafter, we will continue the Offering of Units.
All
share and per share data in this prospectus have been retroactively restated to reflect a one-for-50 reverse stock split which
we anticipate will become effective upon the approval by FINRA by the end of January 2020 or shortly thereafter (the “Reverse
Split Effective Date” or “Effective Date”).
We may use broker-dealers also referred to
as placement agents to use their best efforts to solicit offers to purchase the Units in this Offering. If any placement agents
sell Units, they will be deemed “underwriters” as that term is defined by Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). We will pay any commissions to placement agents a cash commission equal to
9% of the gross proceeds from any Units they sell as well as placement agent warrants. Reference is made to the disclosure
under the subcaption “Placement Agent Agreement” under “The Offering” and “Plan of Distribution.”
A copy of the Form of Placement Agent Agreement is attached as Exhibit 10.31.2 hereto.
This
Offering will terminate upon the earliest of (i) such time as all of the Units have been sold pursuant to the registration statement
or (ii) 365 days from the effective date of this Prospectus, unless extended by our board of directors for an additional 90 days. Other
than as described above, we have not arranged to place any funds from investors in an escrow, trust or similar account, and funds
will be deposited directly into our operating account. The funds will be available for immediate use by the Company. The invested
funds are irrevocable and will not be returned to investors.
Investing
in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus. You
should carefully consider these risk factors, as well as the information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing any of
the securities offered by this prospectus.
NEITHER
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR
PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
|
|
Per
Unit
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Public
Offering price
|
|
$
|
25.00
|
|
|
$
|
50,000,000
|
|
Placement agent
fees (1)
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
4,500,000
|
|
Proceeds, before
expenses, to the Company
|
|
$
|
22.50
|
|
|
$
|
45,500,000
|
|
|
(1)
|
See
“Plan of Distribution” for a description of commissions payable to the placement agents, assuming all of the
Units are sold by the placement agents. We estimate our other expenses to be $100,000.
|
The
date of this prospectus is April 9, 2020
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
You
should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the placement agent have authorized anyone to
provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus we have prepared. We take
no responsibility for, nor can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you.
This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where
it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. You should also read this
prospectus together with the additional information described under “Additional Information.”
Unless
the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “we,” “us,” “the Company” and “our”
to refer to eWellness Healthcare Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.
CAUTIONARY
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This
prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements relate to anticipated future events, future results of operations or
future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,”
“might,” “will,” “should,” “intends,” “expects,” “plans,”
“goals,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,”
“potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking
statements include, but are not limited to:
●
|
our ability to manage
our growth, including acquiring and effectively integrating other businesses into our infrastructure;
|
●
|
our ability to retain
our customers, including effectively migrating and keeping new customers acquired through business acquisitions;
|
●
|
our ability to attract
and retain key officers and employees, and personnel critical to the transitioning our business to generate revenues;
|
●
|
our ability to raise
capital and obtain financing on acceptable terms;
|
●
|
our ability to compete
with other companies developing products and selling products competitive with ours, and who may have greater resources and
name recognition than we have;
|
●
|
our ability to maintain
operations in a manner that continues to enable us to offer competitively priced products;
|
●
|
our ability to achieve,
keep and increase market acceptance of our products;
|
●
|
our ability to keep
pace with a changing industry and its rapidly evolving technology demands and regulatory environment;
|
●
|
our ability to protect
and enforce intellectual property rights; and
|
●
|
our ability to maintain
and protect the privacy of customer information.
|
These
forward-looking statements are only predictions, are uncertain and involve substantial known and unknown risks, uncertainties
and other factors which may cause our (or our industry’s) actual results, levels of activity or performance to be materially
different from any future results, levels of activity or performance expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
The “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus sets forth detailed risks, uncertainties and cautionary statements regarding
our business and these forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing regulatory
environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of the risks and
uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.
We
cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity or performance. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. These cautionary statements should be considered with any written
or oral forward-looking statements that we may issue in the future. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities
laws of the U.S., we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to reflect actual
results, later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Our forward-looking statements do
not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or other investments or strategic
transactions we may engage in.
Prospectus
Summary
This
summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. It does not contain all the information that you
should consider before investing in the securities of this Unit Offering. You should carefully read the entire Prospectus, including
“Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and the Financial Statements, before making an investment decision. In this Prospectus, the terms “eWellness” “Company,”
“Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to eWellness Healthcare Corporation,
a Nevada corporation.
Business
Plan
The
Company is a provider of the state of the art PHZIO platform for the physical therapy (“PT”)
and telehealth markets and believes it is the first digital telehealth physical therapy company (“dtPT Company”)
to offer real-time monitored physical therapy assessments and treatments to large-scale employers. The Company’s digital
telehealth assessment and treatment platform (the “dtPT Platform” or “Platform”) has been designed to
serve the $30 billion physical therapy market, the $4 billion musculoskeletal (“MSK”) market and the $8 billion corporate
wellness market. Our dtPT Platform redefines the way physical therapy (“PT”) can be delivered. We believe that our
Platform is able to transform the access, cost and quality dynamics of PT assessments and treatments.
We
designed our Platform to enable its usage for all PT assessments and treatments by means of computer, smart phone and/or similar
digital media devices (the “Access Devices”). This new approach will lower patient treatment costs, expand patient
treatment access and improve patient compliance. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming clinical experience
to an immediate in-home PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments can be performed
using our Platform accessible via the Access Devices in the privacy of once home.
We
believe that our innovative approach to solving the pervasive access, cost and quality challenges facing the current access to
PT clinics, will lead to highly scalable and substantial growth in our revenues. The Company
has signed 7 partnership and healthcare provider agreements to date and has begun to generate initial revenues during the fourth
quarter of 2019. We believe that we are well positioned to participate in the rapidly evolving PT treatment market by introducing
our innovative dtPT Platform enabling remote patient monitoring, post-discharge treatment plan adherence and in-home care. Our
Platform incorporates research-based methods and focuses on, not only rehabilitation but also wellness, functional fitness, performance,
and prevention.
During
October 2019, the Company introduced MSK 360 treatment platform as a new silo of business that focuses on the $4 Billion North
American Musculoskeletal Treatment Market to address the global musculoskeletal diseases treatment market, that is expected to
reach US$ 5.7 billion in 2025 from US $3.8 billion in 2017, according to a report by The Insight Partners. The musculoskeletal
diseases treatment market is estimated to grow with a CAGR of 5.3% from 2018-2025. MSK disease affects the joints, bones and muscles
and also back pain. More years are lived with musculoskeletal disability than any other long-term human condition.
Our
PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms have been developed to significantly support us in becoming the leader in the new industry of digital
telehealth in the MSK and PT markets. Our focus is to highlight that a majority of all future MSK PT treatments can be accomplished
with a smart phone. This new digital adoption will lower employee treatment costs, expand employee treatment access and improve
employee compliance. Our PHZIO and MSK 360 platform allows employees and PT’s to cut the cord from the old-school, wait
in line, brick and mortar clinical experience to an immediate response digital, in-home PT experience. Nearly, 100% of all PT
assessments and treatments can now be done on an employee’s smart phone in the privacy of their own home. Digital MSK treatments
are clearly the next upgrade the industry needs to make.
Our
PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms completely disrupts the current in-clinic business model of the $30 billion PT industry, the 4 billion
MSK market and the $8 billion corporate wellness industries. Innovators in other industries have solved access, cost and quality
inefficiencies through the implementation of technology platforms and business models that deliver products and services on-demand
and create new economies by connecting and empowering both consumers and businesses. We have taken the same approach to solving
the pervasive access, cost and quality challenges facing the current access to PT and MSK clinics. eWellness’ underlying
technology platform is complex, deeply integrated and purpose-built over the past five years for the evolving PT and MSK treatment
marketplaces. eWellness’ PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms are highly scalable and can support substantial growth of third-party
licensees. eWellness’ PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms provides for broad interconnectivity between PT practitioners and their
patients, uniquely positioning the Company as a focal point in the rapidly evolving PT industry to introduce innovative, technology-
based solutions, such as remote patient monitoring, post-discharge treatment plan adherence and in-home care.
Our
Principal Products and Services
The
principal features of our new digital telehealth physical therapy delivery system are as follows:
|
●
|
SaaS
technology platform solution for providers bundling rehabilitation services and employer wellness programs: PTs can evaluate
and screen patients and calculate joint angles using drawing tool
|
|
●
|
First
real-time remote monitored one-to-many PT treatment platform for home use;
|
|
●
|
Ability
for PTs to observe multiple patients simultaneously in real-time;
|
|
●
|
Solves
what has been a structural problem and limitation in post-acute care practice growth.
|
|
●
|
PT
practices can experience 20% higher adherence and compliance rates versus industry standards; and
|
|
●
|
Tracking
to 30% increase in net income for a PT practice.
|
We
have commenced treating patients on various commercial contracts and started to generate revenues during the three months ended
December 31, 2019. We continue to train physical therapists on how to use our Platform, with many of these therapists treating
various patients on our system on a complimentary basis. To date, our dtPT Platform has delivered over 4,000 PT assessments and
treatments.
During
the 2nd half of 2019, we intensified our focus on PT assessments and treatments covered under the Workers’ Compensation
Insurance program which is a form of insurance providing wage replacement and medical benefits to employees injured in the course
of employment. Changes in regulations related Workers’ Compensation Insurance have provided us with an opportunity to offer
our MSK 360 Program as described below. Under the new regulation patients can choose to be treated in-clinic or through dtPT.
Until recently, patients nearly all choose in-clinic treatment. In response to this change we developed our MSK360 Program.
We
are in the final stage of developing a fourth program related to Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercises (“RA 360 Program”).
We expect to make the RA 360 Program available during the first quarter of 2020 although there can be no assurance that we may
not experience delays resulting from that availability of available capital resources, the timing of which may be uncertain.
To
date, we have existing provider agreements with 16 entities, pursuant to which their employees can utilize our Platform. Additionally,
we are actively pursuing as clients for our services numerus large, mid-sized and even smaller corporate self-insured companies,
TPA’s and insurance companies to sign provider agreements with us. We have historically had to devote up to one year in
sales and marketing and sales activities and efforts to sign new provider agreements and to date we have executed and existing
provider agreements with the following companies that we expect to generate revenues during the first quarter of 2020: Pepsi,
Corvel, Imperial, Rogers, Manulife, CanadaLife, Navy & Stage Benefits, Health and Dental Plan, Slingshot Health, BBD Benefits
By Design, Morneau Shapell, Green Shield Canada, Bruce Power.
However,
there can be no assurance that we will, in fact, begin to generate revenues in any significant amounts until mid- 2020.
Our
dtPT Platform under the domain name PHZIO.com currently offers three treatment programs (i) PHIZO Program; (ii) MSK 360 Program
and (iii) Pre-HabPT Program.
The
PHZIO Program:
Our
PHZIO treatment enables patients to engage with live or on-demand video based dtPT assessments and treatments from their home
or office. Following a physician’s exam and prescription for physical therapy to treat back, knee or hip pain, a patient
can be examined by a physical therapist and if found appropriate inducted in our PHZIO program that includes a progressive 6-month
telemedicine exercise program (including monthly in-clinic checkups). All PHZIO treatments are monitored by a licensed therapist
that sees everything the patient is doing while providing their professional guidance and feedback in real-time. This ensures
treatment compliance by the patient, maintains the safety and integrity of the prescribed exercises, tracks patient metrics and
captures pre-and post-treatment evaluation data. This innovative assessment and treatment program enable any PT practice to be
able to treat more patients while utilizing the same resources.
A
Monitored In-office & Telemedicine Exercise Program : Our initial 6-month PHZIO program has been designed to provide patients,
who are accepted into the program, with traditional one-on-one PT evaluations, re-evaluations (one to four weeks throughout the
PHZIO program depending on type of insurance), and after the conclusion of the program a Physical Performance Test. These PTs
are known as Induction & Evaluation PTs (“IEPTs”). All patient medical data, information and records are retained.
The IEPT will also evaluate the progress of the patient’s participation in our PHZIO program.
|
●
|
Physician
Diagnosis: Following a physician’s diagnosis of a patient with non-acute back pain, who is also likely overweight
and pre-diabetic, a physician may prescribe the patient to participate in our PHZIO program.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Enrollment
Process: The accepted patients are assessed by a PT, located at a PT Licensee clinic and then enrolled in our PHZIO program
by going online to our website phzio.com and creating a login name and password. The patient will then populate their calendar
with planned times when they anticipate exercising. They will also be provided with a free exercise ball, resistance stretch
bands, stretch strap and yoga mat at induction.
|
|
●
|
Exercising
Begins: The day after the patient receives the equipment, the patient will log on to our website least 3 times per week,
to watch and follow the prescribed 40-minute on-line exercise program. Our Platform also allows two-way communication (videoconferencing)
with one of our licensee’s On-line PTs (“OLPT’s”), who is responsible for monitoring on-line patients.
The OLPT’s are also available to answer patient’s questions. When available the patients exercise sessions are
recorded and stored in our system as proof that they completed the prescribed exercises. There are 250 various 40-minute exercise
videos that are viewed by our patients in successive order.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Driving
Patients to work out between 6:00am-9:30am 5 days per week: Our Platform has a calendar function so that patients can
schedule their exercise session. This calendar enables a PT Licensee to better spread the load of patients participating in
any forty-minute on-line exercise program during our 15 hours of weekly operations, 6am through 9:30am Monday through Friday
are to most optimal hours for patient engagement. Also, if the patient is not on-line at the planned exercise time, our system
can send them an automated reminder, via text, voicemail and or e-mail messaging.
|
Trackable
Physical Therapy. The exercise prescription and instruction will be delivered with a series of on-line videos easily
accessed by each patient via the internet. Each video will be approximately 40 minutes in length with exercises, which will specifically
address the common impairments associated with diabetes and/or obesity. Exercise programs will be able to be performed within
each patient’s own home or work location. Each patient will be required to log in to the system which will monitor performance
automatically to ensure their compliance. Each patient will be required to follow up with their referring physician and PT at
designated intervals and metrics such as blood pressure, blood sugars, BMI, etc. will be recorded to ensure success of the program.
Patient
Program Goals. Our PHZIO Program was designed so that the average patient is targeted to lose 2 pounds per week,
totaling up to 48 pounds over the duration of the program to progress toward healthier defined BMI, reduction body fat percentage
by at least 8%, reduced reliance on medication for blood glucose regulation and dosage or frequency and a goal of at least a 50%
adherence to continuing the PHZIO program independently at conclusion of program.
Trackable
Video Exercise Program. The PHZIO Program video includes all aspects of wellness preventative care to ensure the best
results: cardiovascular training, resistance training, flexibility, and balance and stabilization; research studies on all such
distinct impairments have shown to provide effective treatment results. Each video integrates each of the four components to guarantee
a comprehensive approach to the wellness program, but each video will specifically highlight one of the four components. All PHZIO
Program videos can be viewed on the Access Devices.
Specific
Video Programs. Each patient will receive a prescription for six months (26 week) of physical therapy and exercise that
is provided by viewing on-line programs produced by us where the patient can do these exercises and stretching on their own at
least 3 days per week for at least 40 minutes. To view the videos, the patient would log onto the Platform and would be directed
to watch the appropriate video in sequence. As the patient is logged-in, the monitoring PT will be able to monitor how often and
if the entire video session was viewed. This data would be captured and sent weekly to the prescribing physician and the monitoring
PT for review. At all times, a licensed OLPT/PTA will have access to each patient utilizing the videos and will be able to communicate
with a patient via videoconferencing and/or instant messaging. This will help improve adherence to the program as well as the
success and safety of the patients’ treatments. A patient will also be instructed to walk or ride a bike at least 30 minutes
three days per week in addition to participating in our program.
If
the patient is not viewing the videos, then the prescribing physician and/or the monitoring PT would reach out to the patient
by telephone and/or e-mail to encourage the patient to commit to their physical fitness regime. After each series, the patient
returns for an office visit to the prescribing physician for blood tests, blood pressure and a weight management check- up as
well as a follow-up visit with the PT for assessment of the patient’s progress toward established goals.
Exercise
Patient Kits. Most patients will receive a home exercise kit, which will include: an inflatable exercise ball, a hand
pump, a yoga mat, a yoga strap, and varying levels of resistance bands. Each of the PHZIO Program exercise video will include
exercises that incorporate the items in the tool kit. By using a bare minimum of equipment, patients should be able to participate
more easily at home or at their workplace. Our estimated cost of the kit is $49, which we pay and factored into a PT licensees’
revenue stream and internal projections. The cost of the exercise kits may also be billed to the patients account.
MSK
360 Program
The
musculoskeletal (MSK) system, which consists of our bones, muscles and joints, experience strain as we move. MSK related issues
are a leading cause of absenteeism in the workplace and in many cases can lead to short- or long-term disability. These costs
are a significant factor in any workplace and have cascading effects on employee productivity. We believe that to accelerate physical
health, it is critical to prevent and address MSK timely to reduce future health costs.
Patients
can receive virtual care through the MSK 360 Program with the guidance of a registered PT via our Platform through their Access
Devices. As patients will not need to travel to their health appointments during the workday, telerehabilitation is a timesaver,
and therefore a cost saver.
The
employee will first be evaluated to determine the priority of patients’ treatments based on the severity of their condition
if they are suitable for our MSK 360 Program. If a patient has experienced a major injury (e.g. fracture), he/she will be instructed
to receive in-person PT care.
Any
EPS and/or LW insureds may, after an in-home or in-office PT assessment, enroll in a 6-month comprehensive treatment program.
The main treatment objective of our MSK360 Program is to graduate at least 60% of inducted patients through our 6-month program.
Patients should expect to experience an average of a 20% reduction in BMI, a two-inch reduction in waist size, weight loss of
at least 10 pounds, significant overall improvement in balance, coordination, flexibility, strength and lumbopelvic stability.
Patients also should score better on Functional Outcomes Scales (Oswestry and LEFS) which indicates improved functional activity
levels due to reduced low back, knee and hip pain.
PreHabPT
Program
Any
individuals covered by EPS and/or LW, who are seeking non-emergency orthopedic surgery shall first receive an online consultation,
in-home or in-office PT therapy evaluation and will be prescribed a four to eight-week pre-habilitation physical therapy (“PreHabPT”)
exercise program prior to any surgery. Another in-home or in-office PT evaluation will be made following surgery and a treatment
plan will be initiated. A PreHabPT Program is an eight-week physician to patient pre-surgical (Prehab) digital therapeutic exercise
treatment for patients that anticipate having total join replacement (knee, hip and or shoulder) or back surgeries.
PurePT
PurePT
is a patient and independent PT Program for connecting new patients to PT’s that are seeking to be treated with our PHZIO
treatment system. Patient program assessments can be made in the privacy of a patient’s home or office. PurePT connects
new patients to PT’s, particularly in states that have direct access rules where patient’s insurance will reimburse
for treatment without requiring a physician’s prescription. PurePT puts the patient first.
Summary
of Risk Factors
This
Offering, which provides for the registration of 2,000,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of our 13% Series B Preferred
and five (5) Warrants each exercisable for a period of five years from the date of issuance (the “Warrant Expiration Date”)
to purchase one (1) share of Common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per Warrant Share, on a post-Reverse Split basis. (the
“Exercise Price”). Each Warrant offered hereby is immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and will expire
on [_________], the date that is 5 years from the date of issuance, defined here as the Warrant Expiration Date. In addition,
the Exercise Price of the Warrants is subject to adjustment in the event during the five year exercise period from the original
issuance of the Warrants, we sell any shares of our common stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable or convertible
into our common stock, subject to certain exceptions, at a price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrants
then in effect or without consideration.
The
Unit Offering and the subsequent public resale of such Units and underlying Securities, including the Series B Preferred, Warrants
and Warrant Shares, involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our business strategy is also subject to certain risks,
described under the heading “Risk Factors” below and included elsewhere in this Prospectus. These risks may cause
us not to realize the full benefits of our business plan and strategy or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all
or part of our strategy. Some of the most significant challenges and risks include the following:
●
Our Auditor has expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.
●
Our limited operating history does not afford investors a sufficient history on which to base an investment decision.
●
Our revenues will be dependent upon acceptance of our Platform by patients and insurances, specifically changes in insurances
reimbursement policies, will cause us to curtail or cease operations.
●
We may face new entrances and increasing competition in the Distance Monitored Physical Therapy market.
●
We cannot be certain that we will obtain patents for our proprietary technology or that such patents will protect us.
●
The availability of a large number of authorized but unissued shares of Common stock may, upon their issuance, lead to dilution
of existing stockholders.
●
Our Units, Series B Preferred and Warrants are expected to be thinly traded, at least initially and there can be no assurance
that there will ever be an active trading market for these securities;
●
As a result, any sale of the securities subject to your investment in the Offering may take a considerable amount of time.
Before
you invest in our Units, you should carefully consider all the information in this Prospectus, including matters set forth under
the heading “Risk Factors.”
Where
You Can Find Us
The
Company’s principal executive office and mailing address is at 333 Las Olas Way, Suite 100, Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301: Phone:
(855) 470-1700.
Our
Filing Status as a “Smaller Reporting Company”
We
are a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that we are not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer, or a majority-owned
subsidiary of a parent company that is not a smaller reporting company and have a public float of less than $75 million and annual
revenues of less than $50 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. As a “smaller reporting company,”
the disclosure we will be required to provide in our SEC filings are less than it would be if we were not considered a “smaller
reporting company.” Specifically, “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation
disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requiring that
independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting; are not required to conduct say-on-pay and frequency votes until annual meetings occurring on or after January 21,
2013; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings, including, among other things, being permitted
to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports rather than three years. Decreased disclosures in our SEC
filings due to our status as a “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze the Company’s
results of operations and financial prospects.
Implications
of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We
qualify as an emerging growth company as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified
reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
●
A requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related MD&A;
●
Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”);
●
Reduced disclosure about the emerging growth company’s executive compensation arrangements; and
●
No non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
We
have already taken advantage of these reduced reporting burdens in this Prospectus, which are also available to us as a smaller
reporting company as defined under Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
In
addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition
period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) for complying with new
or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or
revised accounting standards, which allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different
effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election,
our financial statements contained in this Form S-1 may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective
dates. The existing scaled executive compensation disclosure requirements for smaller reporting companies will continue to apply
to our filings for so long as our Company is an emerging growth company, regardless of whether the Company remains a smaller reporting
company.
We
could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year
in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as
defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Common stock that is held by non-affiliates
exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which
we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.
For
more details regarding this exemption, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies.”
The
Offering
The
following summary contains basic terms about this Unit Offering including the Series B Preferred and the Warrants and is not intended
to be complete. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read the more detailed information
contained in this prospectus, including but not limited to, the risk factors beginning on page 13. For a more complete description
of the terms of the Units, see “Description of the Securities Offered.” Reference is also made to the “Certificate
of Designations, Preferences and Rights of 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock,” filed as Exhibit
10.30 to this Registration Statement (the Series B Certificate of Designation.” Reference is also made to the disclosure
under the sub caption “Reverse Stock Split” in the section “Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial
Condition And Results Of Operations.”
Issuer
|
|
eWellness
HealthCare Corporation
|
|
|
|
Securities Offered
|
|
2,000,000 Units,
each Unit consisting of: (i) one share of 13% Series B Preferred, having a Stated Value of $25; and (ii) five Warrants each
exercisable to purchase one share of our Common stock (the “Warrant Shares”) at an exercise price of $3.00 (the
“Exercise Price”). The shares of Series B Preferred and the Warrants comprising the Units are immediately separable
upon issuance and will be issued separately upon the closing of this Offering. In order to qualify for the OTCQB, we will
need to generate net proceeds of $1.7 million from the sale of 68,000 Units, at which time we will have the initial closing,
thereafter, we will continue the Offering of Units.
|
|
|
|
Shares of Series B Preferred Offered
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
Warrants Offered
|
|
Warrants to purchase
up to 10,000,000 shares of Common stock (the “Warrant Shares”), which will be exercisable during the period commencing
on the date of their issuance and ending five years from such date (the “Warrant Expiration Date”) at an exercise
price of $3.00 per Warrant Share, on a post-Reverse Split basis (the “Exercise Price”). This Prospectus also relates
to the Offering of the shares of Common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, referred to herein as the Warrant Shares.
There is no established public trading market for the Warrants, and we cannot assure you an active trading market will develop
or be sustained, if at all. In addition, the exercise price of the Warrants is subject to adjustment in the event during the
five year exercise period from the original issuance of the Warrants, if we sell any shares of our Common stock or securities
exchangeable or exercisable or convertible into our Common stock, subject to certain exceptions, at a price per share less
than the exercise price of the Warrants then in effect or without consideration.
|
Series B Preferred to
be Outstanding after this Offering
|
|
2,000,000
shares
|
|
|
|
Offering Price
|
|
$25 per Unit
|
Placement
Agent Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
The
Offering will be made using the services of our management, who will not be compensated
for their services and efforts related to the Offering of our Units. We also contemplate
utilizing the services of one or more placement agents (collectively, the “Placement
Agents”), which means our management and Placement Agent(s) will attempt to sell
the Units, including the Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants, being offered hereby
on behalf of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Placement Agent Agreement, we
will pay the Placement Agents a cash fee equal to 9% of the gross proceeds received
by the Company from qualified investors from such closing of the sale of Units as a direct
result of the selling efforts and introductions of each respective Placement Agent. In
addition, at the final Closing of the Offering, as
additional compensation for the services provided by the Placement Agent(s) hereunder,
the Company will issue to the Placement Agents a
number of warrants (the “Placement Agent Warrants”) equal to nine (9%) percent
of the total number of Units sold to Qualified Investors as a direct result of the selling
efforts and introductions of each respective Placement Agent. The Placement Agent Warrants
will entitle each respective Placement Agent to purchase for a period of five (5) years
the number of Units subject to each Placement Agent’s Warrants, at the Unit Offering
Price of $25.00 per Unit, solely based upon the selling efforts and introductions of
each respective Placement Agent to Qualified Investors who, in fact, subscribe for and
purchase Units in the Offering.
There
is no underwriter for this Offering. To date, we have not yet retained any Placement
Agent nor are we in negotiations with any Placement Agent but expect that we will utilize
one or more Placement Agent(s) and expect that will enter into a Placement Agent Agreement
in the form attached as Exhibit 10.31.2 hereto prior to the commencement of the
Offering. Reference is also made to the disclosure under “Plan of Distribution”
below.
|
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
Holders
of the Series B Preferred will be entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at a rate of 13% per annum on the stated
value, $25 per share, of the Series B Preferred (equivalent to $3.25 per annum per share).
Dividends
will be payable monthly in arrears on the 15th day of each month (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”),
provided that if any Dividend Payment Date is not a business day, then the dividend that would otherwise have been payable
on that Dividend Payment Date may be paid on the next succeeding business day without adjustment in the amount of the
dividend. Dividends will be payable to holders of record as they appear on our stock records for the Series B Preferred
at the close of business on the corresponding record date, which shall be the last day of the calendar month, whether
or not a business day, immediately preceding the month in which the applicable Dividend Payment Date falls (each, a “Dividend
Record Date”). As a result, holders of shares of Series B Preferred will not be entitled to receive dividends on
a Dividend Payment Date if such shares were not issued and outstanding on the applicable dividend record date.
Any
dividend payable on the Series B Preferred, including dividends payable for any partial dividend period, will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months; however, the shares of Series B Preferred offered hereby
will be credited as having accrued dividends since the first day of the calendar month in which they are issued.
|
Dividend Escrow
|
|
We will pay to IFEB
Bank (the “Escrow Agent”) an amount equal to the first three years of dividend payments, or $9.75 per share of
Series B Preferred, from the proceeds from this Offering. The dividends on the Series B Preferred paid by the Company into
the Escrow Account and held by the Escrow Agent will be the sole property and for the sole benefit of the investors and will
not be deemed for any purposes whatsoever the property of the Company. For three years after issuance, without further authorization
from our Board, the Escrow Agent will pay dividends to investors on a monthly basis as set forth above. Although, dividends
will accrue separately for each investor, the Escrow Agent will not pay dividend payments to any investor unless it pays all
investors who are listed as Series B Preferred stockholders on our transfer records as of a Dividend Record Date. See “Description
of Offered Securities - Dividends.”
|
|
|
|
No Maturity, Sinking Fund or Mandatory Redemption
|
|
The Series B Preferred
has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption. Shares of the Series B Preferred
will remain outstanding indefinitely unless we decide to redeem or otherwise repurchase them. We are not required to set aside
funds to redeem the Series B Preferred.
|
Optional Redemption
|
|
The
Series B Preferred is not redeemable by us prior to the three-year anniversary of each issuance of Series B Preferred. We
may, at our option, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, for cash at a redemption
price equal to the Stated Value of $25 per share of Series B Preferred, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but
not including, the redemption date. See “Description of the Series B Preferred—Redemption—Optional Redemption”
for further details. If we redeem any Series B Preferred, we will only do so by treating all investors equally. In order to
do that, we will deposit all redemption proceeds in an escrow account, since we expect the three-year periods to vary. The
only exception to escrowing funds will be if the redemption date is more than three years after issuance of all Series B Preferred
in which case, we will simply pay all investors at the same time.
|
|
|
|
Special Optional Redemption
|
|
Upon
the occurrence of a Change of Control, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, within
120 days after notice of such Change of Control, for cash at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value of $25 per share
of Series B Preferred, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date.
A
“Change of Control” is deemed to occur when any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a “person”
under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) of beneficial ownership,
directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or
other acquisition transactions shall have acquired our stock entitling that person to exercise more than 50% of the total
voting power of all our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors (except that such person will
be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right
is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition).
|
Ranking
|
|
The Series B Preferred
will rank, with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution
or winding up, senior to all classes or series of our Common stock or our issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock
and to all other equity securities issued by us other than equity securities on a parity with all equity securities issued
by us with terms specifically providing that those equity securities rank on a parity with the Series B Preferred with respect
to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up; (iii)
junior to all equity securities issued by us with terms specifically providing that those equity securities rank senior to
the Series B Preferred with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, including any other series of Preferred Stock; and (iv) effectively junior to all of our existing
and future indebtedness (including indebtedness convertible into our Common stock or Preferred Stock) and to the indebtedness
and other liabilities of (as well as any preferred equity interests held by others in) our existing subsidiaries and any future
subsidiaries. See “Description of the Series B Preferred–Ranking” for further information.
|
Limited Voting Rights
|
|
Holders
of Series B Preferred will have no voting rights except for the limited instance where the Series B Preferred may vote. See
the section entitled “Description of the Series B Preferred—Voting Rights,” and the Series B Certificate
of Designation, filed as Exhibit 10.30 to this Registration Statement.
|
|
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
After escrowing
proceeds equal to $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, for the payment of the initial three years of dividends, we plan
to use the net proceeds from this Offering for working capital, general corporate purposes and growth initiatives, including
potential future acquisitions, although the Company has no present plans, arrangements or agreements for any such acquisitions.
Any additional proceeds will be used to repay our outstanding, which we estimate to be approximately $1.3 million as of the
date of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
Risk Factors
|
|
Please read the
disclosure under the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 for a discussion of some of the factors
you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Series B Preferred and Warrants.
|
|
|
|
Trading Market
|
|
Our Common stock
is quoted on the OTCQB under the EWLL symbol. We expect the Units, the Series B Preferred, and the Warrants will be quoted
under the symbols “EWLLU,” “EWLLB” and “EWLLW,” respectively, pending assignment by FINRA
of trading symbols, following the date the SEC declares the Registration Statement effective under the Act. We intend to initially
apply to the OTCQB Market (“OTCQB”) to make these securities become subject to quotation although we may determine
to apply to the OTC Markets for quotation on the OTCQX although there can be no assurance that we will qualify for the listing
or quotation of these securities on the OTCQX. See “Description of Securities - Trading Market.”
|
Transfer Agent
|
|
VStock Transfer
will act as the registrar, transfer agent and dividend and redemption price disbursing agent in respect of the Series B Preferred.
|
|
|
|
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
|
|
For a discussion
of the federal income tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the Series B Preferred, please see the section
entitled “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” You should consult your tax advisor with respect
to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning the Series B Preferred in light of your own particular situation and
with respect to any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.
|
Book Entry and Form
|
|
The Series B Preferred
will be represented by one or more global certificates in definitive, fully registered form deposited with a custodian for,
and registered in the name of, a nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).
|
Risk
Factors
Investing
in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider and evaluate all of the information contained
in this prospectus before you decide to purchase the Units. The risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus are not the
only ones we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not presently know about or that we currently believe are
not material may also adversely affect our business, business prospects, results of operations or financial condition. Any of
the risks and uncertainties set forth herein, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition. This could cause the market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants to decline, perhaps significantly,
and you may lose part or all of your investment.
Risks
Related to our Financial Condition
Because
this is a best efforts Offering, investors who invest initially will be subject to more risk than later investors.
We
are seeking to raise up to $50,000,000 from the sale of the Units. We intend to escrow approximately 39% of the gross proceeds
in order to provide investors a 13% return through dividend payments for three years from the date of issuance to each investor.
The remaining proceeds will be first used to pay our indebtedness which is approximately $1.3 million as of the date of this prospectus
and we intend to use the remaining proceeds for working capital, general corporate purposes and growth initiatives, including
potential future acquisitions, although the Company has no present plans, arrangements or agreements for any such acquisitions.
See “Description of Offered Securities – Series B Preferred.” Because this is a best effort Offering, the earlier
investors invest in this Offering, the greater degree of risk they will incur. For example, if the Company raises an immaterial
amount, investors will be subject to more risk than if all or substantially all of the $50,000,000 is raised. This is because
there is no minimum amount we must raise. If we do not raise a substantial amount of proceeds, we may not have sufficient working
capital to be able to carry out our business since we are continuing to lose money. In that event, we will be required to seek
other financing which, if available, may be very dilutive and expensive. In that event, your investment will be adversely affected.
In order to qualify for the OTCQB, we will need to generate net proceeds of $1.7 million from the sale of 68,000 Units, at which
time we will have the initial closing, following which we will continue the Offering of Units until all of the units are sold
or we terminate the Offering. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in selling 68,000 Units and our Series B Preferred
becoming subject to quotation of the OTCQB
Our
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm has expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.
The
audited financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments
that might result if we cease to continue as a going concern. We believe that to continue as a going concern we will need approximately
$500,000 per year simply to cover the administrative, legal and accounting fees. We plan to fund these expenses primarily through
cash flow from operations, if and when we generate positive cash flow, of which there can be no assurance, the sale of restricted
shares of our Common stock, and the issuance of convertible notes, as well as funds raised from this Offering, it is successfully,
of which there can be no assurance
Based
on our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, our independent registered public accounting firm
has expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. To date we have not generated any revenue and
there can be no assurance that we will, in fact generate revenue, notwithstanding our expectations disclosed elsewhere in the
Prospectus.
Investing
in our securities involves a great deal of risk. Careful consideration should be made of the following factors as well as other
information included in this Prospectus before deciding to purchase the Units subject of this Offering or of our Common stock
in the open market or otherwise. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be affected materially and adversely
by any or all the risks set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
We
may need to raise additional capital to fund continuing operations and an inability to raise the necessary capital or to do so
on acceptable terms could threaten the success of our business.
To
date, our operations have been funded entirely from the proceeds from equity and debt financings or loans from our management.
We currently anticipate that our available capital resources will be insufficient to meet our expected working capital and capital
expenditure requirements for the near future. We anticipate that we will require an additional $1.5 million during the next twelve
months to fulfill our business plan. However, such resources may not be sufficient to fund the long-term growth of our business.
If we determine that it is necessary to raise additional funds, we may choose to do so through strategic collaborations, licensing
arrangements through our “White Labeling” strategy, public or private equity or debt financing, a bank line of credit,
or other arrangements.
We
cannot be sure that any additional funding will be available on terms favorable to us or at all. Any additional equity financing
may be dilutive to our shareholders, new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing
holders of our shares of Common stock. Debt or equity financing may subject us to restrictive covenants and significant interest
costs. If we obtain funding through a strategic collaboration or licensing arrangement, we may be required to relinquish our rights
to our product or marketing territories. If we are unable to obtain the financing necessary to support our operations, we may
be required to defer, reduce or eliminate certain planned expenditures or significantly curtail our operations.
We
have a history of net losses; we may never achieve or sustain profitability or positive cash flow from operations.
We
have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since our inception, including net losses of $9,460,785 for the year ended December
31, 2019 and $4,451,462 for the year ended December 31, 2018., As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately
$30,862,019. We expect to continue to incur substantial expenditures to develop and market our services and could continue to
incur losses and negative operating cash flow for the foreseeable future. We may never achieve profitability or positive cash
flow in the future, and even if we do, we may not be able to continue being profitable.
We
have a limited operating history under our current platform, it is difficult to evaluate our business and future prospects and
increases the risks associated with investment in our securities.
We
have operated our PHIZO platform since November 2014. As a result, our platform and business model have not been fully proven,
and we have only a limited operating history on which to evaluate our business and future prospects. We have encountered, and
will continue to encounter, risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries,
including our ability to achieve market acceptance of our platform and attract, retain and incentivize clients to use our platform,
as well as respond to competition and plan for and scale our operations to address future growth. We may not be successful in
addressing these and other challenges we may face in the future, and our business and future prospects may be materially and adversely
affected if we do not manage these and other risks successfully. Given our limited operating history, we may be unable to effectively
implement our business plan which could materially harm our business or cause us to scale down or cease our operations.
Risks
Related to our Platform and our Business
Our
Platform may not be accepted in the marketplace.
Uncertainty
exists as to whether our Platform will be accepted by the market without additional widespread PT or patient acceptance. Several
factors may limit the market acceptance of our Platform, including the availability of alternative products and services as well
as the price of our Platform services relative to alternative products. There is a risk that PT or patient acceptance will be
encouraged to continue to use other products and/or methods instead of ours. We are assuming that, notwithstanding the fact that
our Platform is new in the market, PT or patient acceptance will elect to use our Platform because it will permit to safe valuable
PT’s time.
PT
or patient needs to be persuaded that our Platform service is justified for the anticipated benefit, but there is no assurance
that enough numbers of patients will be convinced to enable a successful market to develop for our Platform.
Our
revenues will be dependent upon acceptance of our Platform product by the market. The failure of such acceptance will cause us
to curtail or cease operations.
Our
revenues are expected to come from our Platform. As a result, we will continue to incur operating losses until such time as revenues
reach a mature level and we are able to generate enough revenues from our Platform to meet our operating expenses. There can be
no assurance that PTs or patients will adopt our Platform. If we are not able to market and significantly increase the number
of PTs or patients that use our Platform, or if we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results
of operations will be materially and adversely affected.
Defects
or malfunctions in our Platform could hurt our reputation, sales and profitability.
The
acceptance of our Platform depends upon its effectiveness and reliability. Our Platform is complex and is continually being modified
and improved, and as such may contain undetected defects or errors when first introduced or as new versions are released. To the
extent that defects or errors cause our Platform to malfunction and our customers’ use of our Platform is interrupted, our
reputation could suffer, and our potential revenues could decline or be delayed while such defects are remedied. We may also be
subject to liability for the defects and malfunctions.
There
can be no assurance that, despite our testing, errors will not be found in our Platform or new releases, resulting in loss of
future revenues or delay in market acceptance, diversion of development resources, damage to our reputation, adverse litigation,
or increased service, any of which would have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial condition.
Software
failures, breakdowns in the operations of our servers and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements
could harm our business.
Our
success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our servers and communications systems. A failure of our network
or data gathering procedures could impede services and could result in the loss of PT and patients. While our operations will
have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire,
floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our computer facilities
could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure
by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service.
In the event of a server failure, we could be required to transfer our client data collection operations to an alternative provider
of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our
clients.
Additionally,
significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once
they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events
such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities
in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. Although, we plan to carry property and business interruption
insurance for our business operations, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.
We
face risks related to the storage of customers’ and their end users’ confidential and proprietary information.
Our
Platform is designed to maintain the confidentiality and security of our patients’ confidential and proprietary data that
are stored on our server systems, which may include sensitive personal data. However, any accidental or willful security breaches
or other unauthorized access to these data could expose us to liability for the loss of such information, time-consuming and expensive
litigation and other possible liabilities as well as negative publicity. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage
systems change frequently and generally are difficult to recognize and react to. We may be unable to anticipate these techniques
or implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures.
We
might incur substantial expense to further develop our Platform which may never become sufficiently successful.
Our
growth strategy requires the successful launch of our Platform. Although management will take every precaution to ensure that
our Platform will, with a high degree of likelihood, achieve commercial success, there can be no assurance that this will be the
case. The causes for failure of our Platform once commercialized can be numerous, including:
|
●
|
market demand for
our Platform proves to be smaller than we expect;
|
|
●
|
further Platform
development turns out to be costlier than anticipated or takes longer; our Platform requires significant adjustment post commercialization,
rendering the Platform uneconomic or extending considerably the likely investment return period; additional regulatory requirements
may increase the overall costs of the development; patent conflicts or unenforceable intellectual property rights; and PTs
and clients may be unwilling to adopt and/or use our Platform.
|
|
●
|
Compliance with
changing regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.
|
We
are required to comply with certain provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and if we fail to comply in a
timely manner, our business could be harmed, and our stock price could decline.
Rules
adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require an annual assessment of internal controls
over financial reporting, and for certain issuers an attestation of this assessment by the issuer’s independent registered
public accounting firm. The standards that must be met for management to assess the internal controls over financial reporting
as effective are evolving and complex, and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation to meet the detailed
standards.
We
expect to incur expenses and to devote resources to Section 404 compliance on an ongoing basis. It is difficult for us to predict
how long it will take or costly it will be to complete the assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting for each year and to remediate any deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we may
not be able to complete the assessment and remediation process on a timely basis. In addition, although attestation requirements
by our independent registered public accounting firm are not presently applicable to us, we could become subject to these requirements
in the future and we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any resulting changes to internal controls
over financial reporting. If our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer determine that our internal control over financial
reporting is not effective as defined under Section 404, we cannot predict how the market prices of our shares will be affected;
however, we believe that there is a risk that investor confidence and share value may be negatively affected.
These
and other new or changed laws, rules, regulations and standards are, or will be, subject to varying interpretations in many cases
due to their lack of specificity. As a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided
by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs
necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations
and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management
time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Further, compliance with new and existing laws,
rules, regulations and standards may make it more difficult and expensive for us to maintain director and officer liability insurance,
and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. Members of our board
of directors and our principal executive officer and principal financial officer could face an increased risk of personal liability
in connection with the performance of their duties. As a result, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining qualified directors
and executive officers, which could harm our business. We continually evaluate and monitor regulatory developments and cannot
estimate the timing or magnitude of additional costs we may incur as a result.
We
cannot be certain that we will obtain patents for our Platform and technology or that such patents will protect us from competitors.
We
believe that our success and competitive position will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patents for our Platform,
which is both costly and time consuming. We still are in the process to evaluate the patent potentials of our Platform. Patent
Offices typically requires 12-24 months or more to process a patent application. There can be no assurance that any of our potential
patent applications will be approved. However, we have decided to launch our Platform without patent protection. There can be
no assurance that any potential patent issued or licensed to us will provide us with protection against competitive products,
protect us against changes in industry trends which we have may not have anticipated or otherwise protect the commercial viability
of our Platform, or that challenges will not be instituted against the validity or enforceability of any of our future patents
or, if instituted, that such challenges will not be successful. The cost of litigation to uphold the validity of a patent and
enforce it against infringement can be substantial. Even issued patents may later be modified or revoked by the Patent and Trademark
Office or in legal proceedings. Patent applications in the United States are maintained in secrecy until the patent issues and,
since publication of patents tends to lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that if we obtain patents for our product,
we were the first creator of the inventions covered by a pending patent applications or the first to file patent applications
on such inventions.
Liability
issues are inherent in the Healthcare industry and insurance is expensive and difficult to obtain, we may be exposed to large
lawsuits.
Our
business exposes us to potential liability risks, which are inherent in the healthcare industry. While we will take precautions,
we deem to be appropriate to avoid liability suits against us, there can be no assurance that we will be able to avoid significant
liability exposure. Liability insurance for the healthcare industry is generally expensive. We have obtained professional indemnity
insurance coverage for our Platform. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such coverage on acceptable terms,
or that any insurance policy will provide adequate protection against potential claims. A successful liability claim brought against
us may exceed any insurance coverage secured by us and could have a material adverse effect on our results or ability to continue
our Platform.
We
depend upon reimbursement by third-party payers.
Substantially
all revenues are anticipated to be derived from private third-party PT clinics that gain their revenue to pay our licensing fees
from insurance payers. Initiatives undertaken by industry and government to contain healthcare costs affect the profitability
of our licensee clinics. These payers attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services
on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursement for healthcare services. If insurers
or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts paid for services, our profit margins
may decline, or we may lose PT licensees if they choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates. In addition,
in certain geographical areas, our operations may be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizations and preferred
provider plans; failure to obtain or maintain these approvals would adversely affect our financial results. Although we created
a business plan that will enable us to achieve revenue based on current reimbursement policies, if our belief that the insurance
industry is poised for change, to offer more reimbursement for the services we seek to provide is not realized, we may not achieve
the success we predict and we may not be able to carry out all the plans we disclose herein related to telemedicine. Ultimately,
a shift in thinking and a willingness to adapt to new physical therapy telemedicine services and reimbursement thereof by healthcare
providers is needed for the successful integration of our PHZIO telemedicine platform in mainstream healthcare environments.
We
will need to increase the size of our organization and may experience difficulties in managing growth.
At
present, we are a small company. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, infrastructure and overhead and anticipate
that further expansion will be required to address potential growth and market opportunities. Future growth will impose significant
added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate new managers.
Our future financial performance and its ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on its ability to manage any future
growth effectively.
Dependence
on Key Existing and Future Personnel
Our
success will depend, to a large degree, upon the efforts and abilities of our officers and key management employees. The loss
of the services of one or more of our key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, as our
business model is implemented, we will need to recruit and retain additional management and key employees in virtually all phases
of our operations. Key employees will require a strong background in our industry. We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully
attract and retain key personnel.
Currently,
our management’s participation in our business and operations is limited
To
date, we have been unable to offer cash compensation to our officers due to our lack of revenue. Accordingly, each of the Company’s
executive officers maintain jobs outside of their position at eWellness. Although each of our executive officers have prepared
to devote their efforts, on a full-time basis, towards our objectives once we can afford executive compensation commensurate with
that being paid in the marketplace, until such time, our officers will not devote their full time and attention to the operations
of the Company. None of our officers have committed a specific portion of their time or an approximate number of hours per week
in writing to the objectives of the company and no assurances can be given as to when we will be financially able to engage our
officers on a full-time basis and therefore, until such time, it is possible that the inability of such persons to devote their
full-time attention to the Company may result in delays in progress toward implementing our business plan.
We
operate in a highly competitive industry
Although
we are not aware of any other Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Telemedicine Program precisely like ours, and targeting our
specific population, we shall encounter competition from local, regional or national entities, some of which have superior resources
or other competitive advantages in the larger physical therapy space. Intense competition may adversely affect our business, financial
condition or results of operations. We may also experience competition from companies in the wellness space. These competitors
may be larger and more highly capitalized, with greater name recognition. We will compete with such companies on brand name, quality
of services, level of expertise, advertising, product and service innovation and differentiation of product and services. As a
result, our ability to secure significant market share may be impeded. Although we believe our PHZIO services will enable us to
service more patients than traditional physical therapy providers, if these more established offices or providers start Offering
similar services to ours, their name recognition or experience may enable them to capture a greater market share.
Limited
product testing and operations
We
have built out the technology platform and video library necessary to execute our planned business strategy. Of course, there
may be other factors that prevent us from successfully marketing a product including, but not limited to, our limited cash resources.
Further, our proposed reimbursement plan and the eventual operating results could susceptible to varying interpretations by scientists,
medical personnel, regulatory personnel, statisticians and others, which may delay, limit or prevent our executing our proposed
business plan.
We
face substantial competition, and others may discover, develop, acquire or commercialize products before or more successfully
than we do
We
operate in a highly competitive environment. Our products compete with other products or treatments for diseases for which our
products may be indicated. Other healthcare companies have greater clinical, research, regulatory and marketing resources than
us. In addition, some of our competitors may have technical or competitive advantages for the development of technologies and
processes. These resources may make it difficult for us to compete with them to successfully discover, develop and market new
products.
We
depend upon the cultivation and maintenance of relationships with the physicians in our markets.
Our
success is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities that our PT licensees will service and their ability to
maintain good relations with these physicians and other referral sources. Physicians referring patients to their clinics are free
to refer their patients to other therapy providers or to their own physician owned therapy practice. If our PT licensees are unable
to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with physicians and other referral sources, our business may decrease,
and our net operating revenues may decline.
We
also depend upon our ability to recruit and retain experienced PTs
Our
future revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve, and our ability to
maintain good relations with these physicians. Our PT licensees are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent
on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If they cannot
recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists, our business may decrease, and our net operating
revenues may decline.
Our
revenues may fluctuate due to weather
If
our expectations are met, of which there can be no assurance, we anticipate having a considerable number of PT licensees in locations
and in states that normally experience snow and ice during the winter months. Also, a considerable number of our clinics may be
in states along the Gulf Coast and Atlantic Coast, which are subject to periodic winter storms, hurricanes and other severe storm
systems. Periods of severe weather may cause physical damage to our facilities or prevent our staff or patients from traveling
to our clinics, which may cause a decrease in our future net operating revenues. Furthermore, to the extent that our PT sessions
are conducted from remote locations via the internet, adverse weather conditions could disrupt internet transmission of our sessions
to our users who are at remote locations, such as their homes or offices.
We
may incur closure costs and losses
The
competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in the markets in which we operate may require us to reorganize or to close
certain clinical locations. In the event a clinic is reorganized or closed, we may incur losses and closure costs. The closure
costs and losses may include, but are not limited to, lease obligations, severance, and write-down or write-off of intangible
assets.
Certain
of our internal controls, particularly as they relate to billings and cash collections, are largely decentralized at our clinic
locations
Our
future PT licensees’ operations are largely decentralized and certain of our internal controls, particularly the processing
of billings and cash collections, occur at the clinic level. Taken as a whole, we believe our future internal controls for these
functions at our PT licensees’ clinical facilities will be adequate. Our controls for billing and collections largely depend
on compliance with our written policies and procedures and separation of functions among clinic personnel. We also intend to maintain
corporate level controls, including an audit compliance program, that are intended to mitigate and detect any potential deficiencies
in internal controls at the clinic level. The effectiveness of these controls to future periods are subject to the risk that controls
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the level of compliance with our policies and procedures deteriorates.
Risks
Related to Regulation
Our
products may be subject to product liability legal claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
Certain
of our products provide applications that relate to patient clinical information. Any failure by our products to provide accurate
and timely information concerning patients, their medication, treatment and health status, generally, could result in claims against
us which could materially and adversely impact our financial performance, industry reputation and ability to market new system
sales. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our delivery of health information directly, including
through licensed practitioners, or delivery of information by a third-party site that a consumer accesses through our websites,
exposes us to assertions of malpractice, other personal injury liability, or other liability for wrongful delivery/handling of
healthcare services or erroneous health information. We anticipate that in the future we will maintain insurance to protect against
claims associated with the use of our products as well as liability limitation language in our end-user license agreements, but
there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage or contractual language would adequately cover any claim asserted against
us. A successful claim brought against us in excess of or outside of our insurance coverage could have an adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition. Even unsuccessful claims could result in our expenditure of funds for
litigation and management time and resources.
Certain
healthcare professionals who use our Cloud-based products will directly enter health information about their patients including
information that constitutes a record under applicable law that we may store on our computer systems. Numerous federal and state
laws and regulations, the common law and contractual obligations, govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of
patient-identifiable health information, including:
|
●
|
state and federal
privacy and confidentiality laws;
|
|
●
|
contracts with clients
and partners;
|
|
●
|
state laws regulating
healthcare professionals;
|
|
●
|
Medicaid laws;
|
|
●
|
the HIPAA and related
rules proposed by the Health Care Financing Administration; and
|
|
●
|
Health Care Financing
Administration standards for Internet transmission of health data.
|
HIPAA
establishes elements including, but not limited to, federal privacy and security standards for the use and protection of Protected
Health Information. Any failure by us or by our personnel or partners to comply with applicable requirements may result in a material
liability to us.
Although
we have systems and policies in place for safeguarding Protected Health Information from unauthorized disclosure, these systems
and policies may not preclude claims against us for alleged violations of applicable requirements. Also, third party sites and/or
links that consumers may access through our web sites may not maintain adequate systems to safeguard this information or may circumvent
systems and policies we have put in place. In addition, future laws or changes in current laws may necessitate costly adaptations
to our policies, procedures, or systems.
There
can be no assurance that we will not be subject to product liability claims, that such claims will not result in liability in
excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be
available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. Such product liability claims could adversely affect our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
There
is significant uncertainty in the healthcare industry in which we operate, and we are subject to the possibility of changing government
regulation, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The
healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences that may affect the procurement processes
and operation of healthcare facilities. During the past several years, the healthcare industry has been subject to an increase
in governmental regulation of, among other things, reimbursement rates and certain capital expenditures.
Recently
enacted public laws reforming the U.S. healthcare system may have an impact on our business. The Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (H.R. 3590; Public Law 111-148) (“PPACA”) and The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (H.R.
4872) (the “Reconciliation Act”), which amends the PPACA (collectively the “Health Reform Laws”), were
signed into law in March 2010. The Health Reform Laws contain various provisions which may impact us and our patients. Some of
these provisions may have a positive impact, while others, such as reductions in reimbursement for certain types of providers,
may have a negative impact due to fewer available resources. Increases in fraud and abuse penalties may also adversely affect
participants in the health care sector, including us.
Various
legislators have announced that they intend to examine further proposals to reform certain aspects of the U.S. healthcare system.
Healthcare providers may react to these proposals, and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals, by curtailing or deferring
investments, including those for our systems and related services. Cost-containment measures instituted by healthcare providers
as a result of regulatory reform or otherwise could result in a reduction of the allocation of capital funds. Such a reduction
could have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our systems and related services. On the other hand, changes in the regulatory
environment have increased and may continue to increase the needs of healthcare organizations for cost-effective data management
and thereby enhance the overall market for healthcare management information systems. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such
proposals or healthcare reforms might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As
existing regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these regulations will continue to directly affect certain
of our products and services, but we cannot fully predict the effect now. We have taken steps to modify our products, services
and internal practices as necessary to facilitate our compliance with the regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will
be able to do so in a timely or complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regulations could be costly and distract management’s
attention and divert other company resources, and any noncompliance by us could result in civil and criminal penalties.
Developments
of additional federal and state regulations and policies have the potential to positively or negatively affect our business. Our
software is not anticipated to be considered a medical device by the FDA. Yet, if it were, it could be subject to regulation by
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) as a medical device. Such regulation could require the registration
of the applicable manufacturing facility and software and hardware products, application of detailed record-keeping and manufacturing
standards, and FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing. An approval or clearance requirement could create delays in marketing,
and the FDA could require supplemental filings or object to certain of these applications, the result of which could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We
may be subject to false or fraudulent claim laws
There
are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection
with submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems
for such submission and payment. Any failure of our services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial
liability including, but not limited to, criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services and could force us
to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Errors by us or our systems
with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation
of these laws and regulations. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate these laws could subject
us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, require us to change or terminate
some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving clients
doing business with government payers and have an adverse effect on our business.
We
are subject to the Stark Law, which may result in significant penalties
Provisions
of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn) (the “Stark Law”) prohibit referrals by
a physician of “designated health services” which are payable, in whole or in part, by Medicare or Medicaid, to an
entity in which the physician or the physician’s immediate family member has an investment interest or other financial relationship,
subject to several exceptions. Unlike the Fraud and Abuse Law, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute. Proof of intent to
violate the Stark Law is not required. Physical therapy services are among the “designated health services”. Further,
the Stark Law has application to the Company’s management contracts with individual physicians and physician groups, as
well as, any other financial relationship between us and referring physicians, including any financial transaction resulting from
a clinic acquisition. The Stark Law also prohibits billing for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. Several states
have enacted laws similar to the Stark Law. These state laws may cover all (not just Medicare and Medicaid) patients. Many federal
healthcare reform proposals in the past few years have attempted to expand the Stark Law to cover all patients as well. As with
the Fraud and Abuse Law, we consider the Stark Law in planning our clinics, marketing and other activities and believe that our
operations are in compliance with the Stark Law. If we violate the Stark Law, our financial results and operations could be adversely
affected. Penalties for violations include denial of payment for the services, significant civil monetary penalties, and exclusion
from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
If
our products fail to comply with evolving government and industry standards and regulations, we may have difficulty selling our
products
We
may be subject to additional federal and state statutes and regulations in connection with Offering services and products via
the Internet. On an increasingly frequent basis, federal and state legislators are proposing laws and regulations that apply to
Internet commerce and communications. Areas being affected by these regulations include user privacy, pricing, content, taxation,
copyright protection, distribution, and quality of products and services. To the extent that our products and services are subject
to these laws and regulations, the sale of our products and services could be harmed.
We
incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will have to devote substantial time to
public company compliance obligations
The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),
and the stock exchange, has imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance
practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance requirements
and any new requirements that the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 may impose on public companies.
Moreover, these rules and regulations, along with compliance with accounting principles and regulatory interpretations of such
principles, have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and
will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make
it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept
reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations
could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board
committees, or as executive officers. We will evaluate the need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate
public company experience and technical accounting and financial knowledge. We estimate the additional costs we expect to incur
as a result of being a public company to be up to $500,000 annually.
Part
of the requirements as a public company will be to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements
of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal
controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments.
The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and
react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain
a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company.
Effective
internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to effectively prevent fraud. We maintain a system
of internal control over financial reporting, which is defined as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal
executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
We
cannot assure you that we will not, in the future, identify areas requiring improvement in our internal control over financial
reporting. We cannot assure that the measures we will take to remediate any areas in need of improvement will be successful or
that we will implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future as we continue
our growth. If we are unable to maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to
fail to meet our reporting obligations, result in the restatement of our financial statements, harm our operating results, subject
us to regulatory scrutiny and sanction, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and have a negative
effect on the market price for shares of our common stock.
The
regulatory framework for privacy and data protection is complex and evolving, and changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy
or the protection or transfer of personal data, or any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations,
could adversely affect our business.
In
the course of our day-to-day business operations we receive and use personal information and other user data. As the result, we
are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and protection of personal
information. We are also subject to the terms of our privacy policies and obligations to third parties related to privacy, data
protection, and information security. We strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, and other legal obligations
relating to privacy, data protection, and information security to the extent possible. However, the regulatory framework for privacy
and data protection in the United States is, and is likely to remain for the foreseeable future, uncertain and complex, is changing,
and the interpretation and enforcement of the rules and regulations that form part of this regulatory framework may be inconsistent
among jurisdictions, or conflict with other laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations as they apply to us may be interpreted
and enforced in a manner that we do not currently anticipate. Any significant change in the applicable laws, regulations, or industry
practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security, or disclosure of user data, or their interpretation, or any changes
regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of users for the collection, use, retention, or disclosure of such
data must be obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our platform and our products and services, in a manner
that could materially affect our business.
The
laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection, and information security also continue to evolve.
For example, in June 2018, California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), effective January 1,
2020, which requires companies that process personal information of California residents to make new disclosures to consumers
about such companies’ data collection, use, and sharing practices and inform consumers of their personal information rights
such as deletion rights, allows consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties, and provides a new cause of action
for data breaches. The State of Nevada has also passed a law, effective October 1, 2019, that amends the state’s online
privacy law to allow consumers to submit requests to prevent websites and online service providers from selling personally identifiable
information that they collect through a website or online service. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by,
the privacy and data protection laws and regulations may limit the use and adoption of our services and could have a material
adverse impact on our business. As a result, we may need to modify the way we treat such information.
Any
failure or perceived failure by us to comply with any privacy and data protection policies, laws, rules, and regulations could
result in proceedings or actions against us by individuals, consumer rights groups, governmental entities or agencies, or others.
We could incur significant costs investigating and defending such claims and, if found liable, significant damages. Further, public
scrutiny of or complaints about technology companies or their data handling or data protection practices, even if unrelated to
our business, industry, or operations, may lead to increased scrutiny of technology companies, including us, and may cause government
agencies to enact additional regulatory requirements, or to modify their enforcement or investigation activities, which may increase
our costs and risks.
If
we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce
timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.
As
a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and
procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue
to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.
Our
management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2019. Any failure to develop
or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could cause us to fail to
meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. If we fail to maintain
an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate
financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired, which could result in loss of investor confidence
and could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
Risks
Related to this Offering and Ownership of Series B Preferred, the Warrants and the Units
The
Series B Preferred ranks junior to all of our indebtedness and other liabilities
In
the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, our assets will be available to pay obligations
on the Series B Preferred only after all of our indebtedness and other liabilities have been paid. The rights of holders of the
Series B Preferred to participate in the distribution of our assets will rank junior to the prior claims of our current and future
creditors, existing preferred stock and common stock, and any future series or class of preferred stock we may issue that ranks
senior to the Series B Preferred. Also, the Series B Preferred effectively ranks junior to all our existing and future indebtedness
and to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our existing subsidiaries and any future subsidiaries. Our existing subsidiaries
are, and future subsidiaries would be, separate legal entities and have no legal obligation to pay any amounts to us in respect
of dividends due on the Series B Preferred. If we are forced to liquidate our assets to pay our creditors, we may not have sufficient
assets to pay amounts due on any or all of the Series B Preferred then outstanding. We may in the future incur debt and other
obligations that will rank senior to the Series B Preferred. At December 31, 2019, we had total liabilities of $7,339,343. Nevertheless,
the three years of dividends on the Series B Preferred, which total $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, that will be paid by
the Company from the proceeds of the Offering into the Escrow Account, will not be the property of the Company but rather will
be for the sole benefit of the investors, payable to the investors on a monthly basis. As a result, these dividends will not,
in the ordinary course, be accessible to third-party creditors of the Company.
Additionally,
any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable
than those of the Series B Preferred and may result in dilution to owners of the Series B Preferred. We and, indirectly, our stockholders,
will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future
Offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing
or nature of our future Offerings. The holders of the Series B Preferred will bear the risk of our future Offerings, which may
reduce the market price of the Series B Preferred and will dilute the value of their holdings in us.
We
may not be able to declare and pay dividends on the Series B Preferred if we fail to comply with the conditions imposed by the
applicable Nevada law requirements.
Section
78.288 “Distributions to stockholders” of the Nevada Revised Statute provide that we may only declare and pay cash
dividends on the Series B Preferred if (a) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual
course of business; or (b) except as otherwise specifically allowed by the articles of incorporation, the corporation’s
total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were
to be dissolved at the time of distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential
rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. There can be no assurance that we will satisfy such requirements in any
given year.
There
is no established market for the Units, the Series B Preferred or the Warrants, a market may never develop.
There
is no established trading market for the Units, the Series B Preferred or the Warrants and we do not know if a market will develop
on the OTCQB or, if it does, how active it will be or whether it will be sustained. Further, if in the future we believe we meet
the quantitative requirements for listing our common stock on Nasdaq, we intend to apply to have the common stock, the Units,
the Series B Preferred and the Warrants listed. We cannot assure you that we will meet the quantitative listing requirements or
that any application will be approved. The liquidity of the market for the Units, the Series B Preferred, and the Warrants depends
on a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates, our financial condition and operating results, the number of holders
of these securities, the market for similar securities and the interest of securities dealers in making a market in these securities.
The market for the Warrants will be linked to the price and the liquidity of our common stock. We cannot predict with certainty
the extent of investor interest in the Units, the Series B Preferred, and the Warrants, or how liquid that market will be. Without
an active trading market, the liquidity of these securities will be limited.
We
may issue additional shares of Series B Preferred and additional series of preferred stock that rank on parity with or senior
to the Series B Preferred as to dividend rights, rights upon liquidation or voting rights.
We
are allowed to issue additional shares of Series B Preferred and additional series of preferred stock that would rank on parity
with or junior to the Series B Preferred as to dividend payments and rights upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
our affairs pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation, including the Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Preferred
without any vote of the holders of the Series B Preferred. Upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of
the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred (voting together as a class with all other series of parity preferred stock we may
issue upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable), we are allowed to issue additional series of preferred
stock that would rank senior to the Series B Preferred as to dividend payments and rights upon our liquidation, dissolution or
the winding up pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation and the Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Preferred.
The issuance of additional shares of Series B Preferred and additional series of preferred stock could have the effect of reducing
the amounts available to the holders of Series B Preferred upon our liquidation or dissolution or the winding up of our affairs.
Also,
although holders of Series B Preferred are entitled to limited voting rights, as described in this prospectus under “Description
of the Series B Preferred—Voting Rights,” with respect to the circumstances under which the holders of Series B Preferred
are entitled to vote, the Series B Preferred votes separately as a class along with all other series of our preferred stock that
we may issue upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable. As a result, the voting rights of the holders
of Series B Preferred may be significantly diluted, and the holders of such other series of preferred stock that we may issue
may be able to control or significantly influence the outcome of any vote.
Future
issuances and sales of senior or parity preferred stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales could occur, may cause
prevailing market prices for the Series B Preferred and our common stock to decline and may adversely affect our ability to raise
additional capital in the financial markets at times and prices favorable to us.
Holders
of the Units may be unable to use the dividends-received deduction and may not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable
to “qualified dividend income.”
Dividends
paid to corporate U.S. holders of the Series B Preferred, which is being offered in this Offering as part of the Units, may be
eligible for the dividends-received deduction, and dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. holders of the Series B Preferred may
be subject to tax at the preferential tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income,” if we have current or accumulated
earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not currently have accumulated earnings and profits.
Additionally, we may not have sufficient current earnings and profits during future fiscal years for the distributions on the
Series B Preferred to qualify as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the distributions fail to qualify as dividends,
U.S. holders would be unable to use the dividends-received deduction and may not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable
to “qualified dividend income.” If any distributions on the Series B Preferred with respect to any fiscal year are
not eligible for the dividends-received deduction or preferential tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income”
because of insufficient current or accumulated earnings and profits, the market value of the Units and the Series B Preferred
could decline.
If
we redeem the Series B Preferred, investors will no longer be entitled to dividends.
On
or after three years after the first sale of Series B Preferred or 2023, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Preferred,
in whole or in part, at any time or from time-to-time, based upon the payment of the Stated Value of $25 per share of Series B
Preferred plus accrued dividends. Also, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below under “Description
of the Series B Preferred – Redemption”), we may, at our option, upon not less than 30 and nor more than 60 days’
written notice, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, within 120 days after the date of such written notice. We
may have an incentive to redeem the Series B Preferred voluntarily if market conditions allow us to issue other preferred stock
or debt securities at a rate that is lower than the dividend on the Series B Preferred. If we redeem the Series B Preferred, then
from and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on the shares of Series B Preferred, that have been redeemed,
such shares of Series B Preferred shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights as a holder of those shares will terminate,
except the right to receive the redemption price plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, payable upon redemption.
The
market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants could be substantially affected by various factors.
The
market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous
factors. The price of the Units and the Series B Preferred that will prevail in the market after this Offering may be higher or
lower than the Offering price depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related
to our operating performance.
These
factors include, but are not limited to, the following:
●
|
prevailing interest
rates, increases in which may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Series B Preferred;
|
●
|
trading prices of
similar securities;
|
●
|
our history of timely
dividend payments;
|
●
|
the annual yield
from dividends on the Series B Preferred as compared to yields on other financial instruments;
|
●
|
general economic
and financial market conditions;
|
●
|
government action
or regulation;
|
●
|
the financial condition,
performance and prospects of us and our competitors;
|
●
|
changes in financial
estimates or recommendations by securities analysts with respect to us or our competitors in our industry;
|
●
|
our issuance of
additional equity or debt securities; and
|
●
|
actual or anticipated
variations in quarterly operating results of us and our competitors.
|
The
Warrants are likely to trade in the same manner as our common stock.
As
a result of these and other factors, investors who purchase the Units in this Offering may experience a decrease, which could
be substantial and rapid, in the market price of the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants, including decreases unrelated
to our operating performance or prospects.
If
you purchase the Units, you will have no voting rights except for extremely limited voting rights for the Series B Preferred.
The
voting rights of a holder of Series B Preferred are limited. Our shares of common stock and shares of Series A Voting Preferred
Stock are the only classes of our securities that carry full voting rights. As of the date of this Prospectus, the holders of
the Series A Voting Shares own 51% of our outstanding voting power. As a result, the holders of the Series A Voting Shares exercise
a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment
of our Certificate of Incorporation, and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of
delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions
difficult or impossible without his support, which in turn could reduce the price of the Units.
The
holders of Series B Preferred have no voting rights except with respect to voting on amendments to our Series B Preferred Certificate
of Designation that materially and adversely affect the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred or authorize, increase or
create additional classes or series of our capital stock that are senior to the Series B Preferred. Other than the limited circumstances
described in the Prospectus and except to the extent required by law, holders of Series B Preferred do not have any voting rights.
See “Description of the Series B Preferred—Voting Rights.”
The
Series B Preferred is not convertible into our common stock, investors will not benefit if the price of our common stock increases.
The
Series B Preferred is not convertible into our common stock and earns dividends at a fixed rate. Accordingly, an increase in market
price of our common stock will not necessarily result in an increase in the market price of our Series B Preferred. The market
value of the Series B Preferred may depend more on dividend and interest rates for other preferred stock, commercial paper and
other investment alternatives and our actual and perceived ability to pay dividends on, and in the event of dissolution satisfy
the liquidation preference with respect to, the Series B Preferred.
Management
will have broad discretion in using the proceeds of this Offering.
We
intend to use the net proceeds of this Offering (after putting the dividends for the initial three years into an escrow account)
to pay our indebtedness and thereafter for working capital and general corporate purposes to support our growth. We have not allocated
any specific portion of the net proceeds to any particular purpose, and our management will have the discretion to allocate the
proceeds as it determines. We will have significant flexibility and broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this Offering.
Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds, and you will
not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this Offering.
Risks
Relating to Our Common stock
There
is a limited market for our common stock, and there may never be an active and sustained market for our common stock and we cannot
assure you that the common stock will remain liquid or that it will continue to be listed on a securities exchange.
Our
common stock is subject to quotation on the OTCQB under the trading symbol “EWLL”. An investor may find it difficult
to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of the common stock and trading of our common stock may be extremely sporadic.
A more active market for the common stock may never develop. In addition, if we fail to meet the criteria set forth in SEC regulations,
various requirements would be imposed by law on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than established customers
and accredited investors. Consequently, such regulations may deter broker-dealers from recommending or selling the common stock,
which may further affect its liquidity. This would also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital.
Until
our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ or another stock exchange, we expect that our common stock will continue to be eligible
to trade on the OTCQB market where our stockholders may find it more difficult to dispose of shares or obtain accurate quotations
as to the market value of our common stock. Furthermore, in order to remain subject to quotation on the OTCQB, the trading price
of our common stock must maintain certain trading levels, which, in not maintained, could result in our common stock being relegated
to the PTC Pink. In such event, we will have to again qualify and make applications for quotation on the OTCQB, and there can
be no assurance that our common stock will be accepted for the OTCQB.
Our
common stock is subject to the “Penny Stock” rules of the SEC and the trading market in our stock is limited, which
makes transactions in our stock cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment.
The
Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted Rule 15g-9 which establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for
the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price
of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules
require:
●
|
That a broker or dealer approve a person’s
account for transactions in penny stocks; and
|
●
|
The broker or dealer
receives from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock
to be purchased.
|
In
order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:
●
|
Obtain financial
information and investment experience objectives of the person; and
|
●
|
Make a reasonable
determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and
experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.
|
The
broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the Commission
relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form:
●
|
Sets forth the basis
on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and
|
●
|
That the broker
or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.
|
Generally,
brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make
it more difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.
Disclosure
also must be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about the
commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and the
rights and remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements must be
sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny
stocks.
Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may limit a shareholder’s ability
to buy and sell our common stock.
In
addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an
investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that
customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make
reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other
information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low-priced
securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend
that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our stock and have an adverse effect on
the market for our shares.
Our
common stock may be thinly traded, sale of your holding may take a considerable amount of time.
The
shares of our common stock, from time-to-time, may be thinly traded on the OTCQB Market, meaning that the number of persons interested
in purchasing our common stock at or near bid prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. Consequently,
there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a
seasoned issuer which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an
adverse effect on share price. We cannot give you any assurance that a broader or more active public trading market for our common
stock will develop or be sustained, or that current trading levels will be sustained. Due to these conditions, we can give you
no assurance that you will be able to sell your shares at or near bid prices or at all if you need money or otherwise desire to
liquidate your shares.
Shares
eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.
From
time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary
brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations.
In general, pursuant to amended Rule 144, non-affiliate stockholders may sell freely after six months subject only to the current
public information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity
securities), current public information and notice requirements. In addition, at March 24, 2020, there were 7,857,307,733 shares
reserved underlying outstanding convertible notes, which represent a significant multiple of from 4 to 10 times the number of
shares actually subject to conversion under the terms of the outstanding convertible notes. Any substantial sales of our common
stock pursuant to Rule 144 may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
If
we fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, the price of our common stock may be adversely affected.
Our
internal control over financial reporting may have weaknesses and conditions that could require correction or remediation, the
disclosure of which may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock. We are required to establish and maintain appropriate
internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established,
could adversely affect our public disclosures regarding our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions
that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors.
Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting or
disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the
price of our common stock.
Our
share price could be volatile, and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.
The
price of our shares of common stock has been and may in the future continue to be extremely volatile, with the sale price fluctuating
from a low of $0.001 to a high of $20.00 since trading began in 2016. Many factors could have a significant impact on the future
price of our common stock, including:
●
|
our inability to
raise additional capital to fund our operations;
|
●
|
our failure to successfully
implement our business objectives and strategic growth plans;
|
●
|
compliance with
ongoing regulatory requirements;
|
●
|
market acceptance
of our product;
|
●
|
changes in government
regulations;
|
●
|
general economic
conditions and other external factors; and
|
●
|
actual or anticipated
fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; and the degree of trading liquidity in our common shares.
|
Our
annual and quarterly results may fluctuate, which may cause substantial fluctuations in our common stock price.
Our
annual and quarterly operating results may in the future fluctuate significantly depending on factors including the timing of
purchase orders, new product releases by us and other companies, gain or loss of significant customers, price discounting of our
product, the timing of expenditures, product delivery requirements and economic conditions. Revenues related to our product are
required to be recognized upon satisfaction of all applicable revenue recognition criteria. The recognition of revenues from our
product is dependent on several factors, including, but not limited to, the terms of any license agreement and the timing of implementation
of our products by our customers.
Any
unfavorable change in these or other factors could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for a particular quarter
or year, which may cause downward pressure on our common stock price. We expect quarterly and annual fluctuations to continue
for the foreseeable future.
We
are subject to compliance with securities law, which exposes us to potential liabilities, including potential rescission rights.
We
have offered and sold our common stock to investors pursuant to certain exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) as well as those of various state securities laws. The basis for relying on such
exemptions is factual; that is, the applicability of such exemptions depends upon our conduct and that of those persons contacting
prospective investors and making the Offering. We have not received a legal opinion to the effect that any of our prior Offerings
were exempt from registration under any federal or state law. Instead, we have relied upon the operative facts as the basis for
such exemptions, including information provided by investors themselves.
If
any prior offering did not qualify for such exemption, an investor would have the right to rescind its purchase of the securities
if it so desired. It is possible that if an investor should seek rescission, such investor would succeed. A comparable situation
prevails under state law in those states where the securities may be offered without registration in reliance on the partial preemption
from the registration or qualification provisions of such state statutes. If investors were successful in seeking rescission,
we would face severe financial demands that could adversely affect our business and operations. Additionally, if we did not in
fact qualify for the exemptions upon which it has relied, we may become subject to significant fines and penalties imposed by
the SEC and state securities agencies.
The
availability of a large number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock may, upon their issuance, lead to dilution of
existing stockholders.
As
of February 20, 2020, we are authorized to issue 20,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of March
20, 2020, there were 467,038,350 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Additional shares may be issued by our board of
directors without further stockholder approval. The issuance of large numbers of shares, possibly at below market prices, is likely
to result in substantial dilution to the interests of other stockholders. In addition, issuances of large numbers of shares may
adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Our
Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value, of which 250,000 shares
of Series A Voting Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, all of which are owned by our officers, directors, key employees,
all members of our management team. The Series A Voting Preferred Shares have the right to vote in the aggregate, on all shareholder
matters votes equal to 51% of the total shareholder vote on any and all shareholder matters. The Series A Voting Preferred Stock
will be entitled to this 51% voting right no matter how many shares of Common stock or other voting capital stock of the Company
is issued and outstanding in the future. The Board of Directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of unissued shares of
preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine the rights, preferences and privileges
thereof. Accordingly, the Board of Directors may issue preferred stock which may convert into large numbers of shares of common
stock and consequently lead to further dilution of other shareholders.
We
have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future.
We
have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently plan to retain any earnings to finance the growth
of our business rather than to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Nevertheless, we are required to pay cash dividends of
13% on our Series B Preferred, based upon the Stated Value of $25 per share. Payments of any cash dividends in the future, other
than on our shares of Series B Preferred, will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements,
as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.
The
Nevada Revised Statute contains provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, prevent
attempts to replace or remove current management and reduce the market price of our stock.
Provisions
in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may
consider favorable. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to ten million
shares of “blank check” preferred stock. As a result, without further stockholder approval, the board of directors
has the authority to attach special rights, including voting and dividend rights, to this preferred stock. With these rights,
preferred stockholders could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.
We
are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions of the NRS. Depending on the number of residents in the state of Nevada who own
our shares, we could be subject to the provisions of Sections 78.378 et seq. of the Nevada Revised Statutes which, unless otherwise
provided in the Company’s articles of incorporation or by-laws, restricts the ability of an acquiring person to obtain a
controlling interest of 20% or more of our voting shares. Our articles of incorporation and by-laws do not contain any provision
which would currently keep the change of control restrictions of Section 78.378 from applying to us.
We
are subject to the provisions of Sections 78.411 et seq. of the Nevada Revised Statutes. In general, this statute prohibits a
publicly held Nevada corporation from engaging in a “combination” with an “interested stockholder” for
a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the combination
or the transaction by which the person became an interested stockholder is approved by the corporation’s board of directors
before the person becomes an interested stockholder. After the expiration of the three-year period, the corporation may engage
in a combination with an interested stockholder under certain circumstances, including if the combination is approved by the board
of directors and/or stockholders in a prescribed manner, or if specified requirements are met regarding consideration. The term
“combination” includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates
and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 10% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. A Nevada corporation
may “opt out” from the application of Section 78.411 et seq. through a provision in its articles of incorporation
or by-laws. We have not “opted out” from the application of this section.
Our
stock price and ability to finance may be adversely affected by our outstanding convertible securities and warrants.
Sales
of the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants issued as part of the Units in this Offering and upon conversion
of our convertible securities, would likely have a depressive effect on the market price of our common stock. Further, the existence
of, and/or potential exercise or conversion of all or a portion of these securities, create a negative and potentially depressive
effect on our stock price because investors recognize that they “over hang” the market currently. As a result, the
terms on which we may obtain additional financing during the period any of these warrants or convertible securities remain outstanding
may be adversely affected by the existence of such warrants and convertible securities.
Our
publicly filed reports are subject to review by the SEC, and any significant changes or amendments required as a result of any
such review may result in material liability to us and may have a material adverse impact on the trading price of the Company’s
common stock.
The
reports of publicly traded companies are subject to review by the SEC from time to time for the purpose of assisting companies
in complying with applicable disclosure requirements, and the SEC is required to undertake a comprehensive review of a company’s
reports at least once every three years under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. SEC reviews may be initiated at any time. We could
be required to modify, amend or reformulate information contained in prior filings as a result of an SEC review. Any modification,
amendment or reformulation of information contained in such reports could be significant and result in material liability to us
and have a material adverse impact on the trading price of the Company’s common stock.
Use
of Proceeds
Assuming
the sale of 2,000 Units in this Offering at an Offering Price of $25.00 per Unit, the total proceeds from the sale of the Units
we are Offering will be $50,000,000. After fees for our placement agent commission, the net proceeds of the Units we sell will
be approximately $45,500,000. We cannot predict when the Class A Warrants will be exercised, if at all. If all of the Class A
Warrants sold in this Offering are exercised for cash, then we will receive an additional $30,000,000 of gross proceeds. It is
possible that all or a portion of the Class A Warrants may expire prior to being exercised, in which case we will not receive
any additional proceeds from such unexercised and expired Class A Warrants. If we receive proceeds from the exercise of Class
A Warrants, we expect to use such proceeds for research and general corporate purposes.
We
intend to use the proceeds from this Offering (after deducting placement agent commissions and estimated Offering expenses payable
by us) to fund:
●
the amount equal to the first three years of dividend payments, or $9.75 per share of Series B Preferred, from the proceeds from
this Offering (the “Dividend Reserve”) in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) maintained by International
Financial Enterprise Bank (“IFEB Bank”), with offices in Dallas, TX, also referred to hereinafter as the “Escrow
Agent.”;
●
the repayment of debt (related to our convertible notes) in the aggregate principal amount and interest therein of $2,582,079
plus prepayment penalties estimated at $500,000 for a total of $3,082,079 as of the date of this prospectus (see Note 7. Convertible
Notes Payable).
●
our working capital and general corporate requirements, which may include marketing and advertising, general and administrative
matters. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions, or businesses
that complement our business. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any understandings to acquire any businesses.
Because this is a best effort Offering with no minimum, we cannot predict how much money we will ultimately raise.
We
anticipate an approximate allocation of the use of net proceeds assuming we raise 25%, 50%, 75% or 100% of the maximum offering
amount as follows:
|
|
|
25%
|
|
|
|
50%
|
|
|
|
75%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
%(1)(2)
|
|
Dividend Reserves (3 Years)
|
|
$
|
4,875,000
|
|
|
$
|
9,750,000
|
|
|
$
|
14,625,000
|
|
|
$
|
19,500,000
|
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
Repay existing indebtedness, including interest thereon
|
|
$
|
3,100,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,100,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,100,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,500,000
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
Fund working capital and general corporate purposes
|
|
$
|
2,775,000
|
|
|
$
|
9,150,000
|
|
|
$
|
15,525,000
|
|
|
$
|
21,900,000
|
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
Offering Expenses
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Subtotal – use of proceeds
|
|
$
|
10,850,000
|
|
|
$
|
22,100,000
|
|
|
$
|
33,350,000
|
|
|
$
|
44,600,000
|
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
Total – gross proceeds
|
|
$
|
12,500,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
37,500,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000,000
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
Other
than as discussed above, we have not allocated any specific portion of the net proceeds to any particular purpose, and our management
will have broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds. Furthermore, the amount and timing of our actual expenditures
will depend on numerous factors, including the cash used in or generated by our operations, the level of our expected sales and
marketing activities and the attractiveness of any additional acquisitions or investments. Pending these uses, we intend to invest
the net proceeds that we receive from this Offering in short term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money
market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
If
in the future we receive proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants, we expect such proceeds will be contributed to working capital
and will be used for general corporate purposes.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We
have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other shares of capital stock. Except for the 13% dividends
payable to the holders of Series B Preferred from the Escrow Account on a monthly basis, equal to $3.25 per share on an annual
basis, we currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends on any other securities, including
common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends (other than on the Series B Preferred)
will be made at the discretion of our Board, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our
financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, and other
factors that our Board may deem relevant. Further Nevada law limits when we can pay dividends on our securities. Further our continuing
losses require us to use funds we receive in financings to meet our working capital needs. See “Description of Offered Securities
– Dividends.”
Capitalization
Set
forth below is our cash and capitalization as of December 31, 2019:
●
on an actual basis;
●
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, reflecting the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred offered by this prospectus,
at $25 per share, assuming net proceeds of approximately $45,000,000 million, after deducting Placement Agent fees of 10%, excluding
our estimated Offering Expenses of $100,000 payable by us.
You
should read the information in the below table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As
of December 31, 2019
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma as Adjusted
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
240,722
|
|
|
|
25,740,722
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
19,500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities
|
|
$
|
3,529,974
|
|
|
|
3,531,974
|
|
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, Series A, par value $0.001 per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 125,000 issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma as adjusted;
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Preferred stock, Series B Preferred, par value $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and 2,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 20,000,000,000 shares authorized; 12,752,084
shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 12,752,08, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted;
|
|
|
12,752
|
|
|
|
12,752
|
|
Shares to be issued
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
23,942,830
|
|
|
|
68,940,830
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(30,862,019
|
)
|
|
|
(35,862,019
|
)
|
Total stockholders’ deficit
|
|
|
(6,906,037
|
)
|
|
|
(37,711,437
|
)
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
|
|
$
|
433,306
|
|
|
|
435,306
|
|
Financial
Information
INDEX
TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To
the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
eWellness
Healthcare Corporation
Opinion
on the Financial Statements
We
have audited the accompanying balance sheets of eWellness Healthcare Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018,
and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period
ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Consideration
of the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note
2 to the financial statements, the Company has yet to earn significant revenue, has a deficit in stockholders’ equity, and
has sustained recurring losses from operations. This raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as
a going concern. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis
for Opinion
These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error
or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our
audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Haynie
& Company
Salt
Lake City, Utah
March
24, 2020
We
have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016
eWELLNESS
HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
BALANCE
SHEETS
|
|
December 31, 2019
|
|
|
December 31, 2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
240,722
|
|
|
$
|
383,335
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
3,635
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
157,139
|
|
|
|
95,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
401,496
|
|
|
|
478,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property & equipment, net
|
|
|
22,810
|
|
|
|
14,092
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
433,306
|
|
|
$
|
503,935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
310,747
|
|
|
$
|
236,741
|
|
Accounts payable - related party
|
|
|
586,372
|
|
|
|
684,173
|
|
Accrued expenses - related party
|
|
|
138,868
|
|
|
|
214,076
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
552,974
|
|
|
|
1,113,470
|
|
Contingent liability
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
Convertible debt, net of discount
|
|
|
2,240,408
|
|
|
|
562,362
|
|
Derivative liability
|
|
|
3,529,974
|
|
|
|
1,584,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
7,339,343
|
|
|
|
4,484,924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
7,339,343
|
|
|
|
4,484,924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, authorized, 20,000,000 shares, $.001 par value, 250,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Common stock, authorized 20,00,000,000 shares, $.01 par value, 12,752,084 and 4,128,139 issued and outstanding, respectively outstanding, respectively
|
|
|
12,752
|
|
|
|
4,128
|
|
Shares to be issued
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
21,942,830
|
|
|
|
17,416,117
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(30,862,019
|
)
|
|
|
(21,401,234
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
|
|
|
(6,906,037
|
)
|
|
|
(3,980,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
|
|
$
|
433,306
|
|
|
$
|
503,935
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
eWELLNESS
HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
STATEMENTS
OF OPERATIONS
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2019
|
|
|
December 31, 2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUE
|
|
$
|
3,635
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive compensation
|
|
|
408,000
|
|
|
|
408,000
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,492,944
|
|
|
|
1,156,938
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
2,403,898
|
|
|
|
2,130,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Expenses
|
|
|
4,304,842
|
|
|
|
3,695,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from Operations
|
|
|
(4,301,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,695,069
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
159,479
|
|
Gain (loss) on derivative liability
|
|
|
(720,653
|
)
|
|
|
(178,938
|
)
|
Gain on contingent liability
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Foreign exchange rate
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
12,598
|
|
Loss on disposal of asset
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,134
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,527,336
|
)
|
|
|
(745,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss before Income Taxes
|
|
|
(9,459,155
|
)
|
|
|
(4,449,606
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(1,630
|
)
|
|
|
(1,856
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss
|
|
$
|
(9,460,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,451,462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted (loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
(1.86
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
5,083,148
|
|
|
|
3,374,115
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
eWELLNESS
HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
STATEMENT
OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Preferred Shares
|
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
|
to be
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders’
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
50:1 split
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
issued
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2017
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,847,048
|
|
|
$
|
2,847
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
13,317,636
|
|
|
$
|
(16,949,772
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,629,289
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed services
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
220,500
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
220,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
467,938
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
467,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to officers, directors and consultants
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
348,000
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
349,740
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
350,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for contribution
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,980
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for debt conversion
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
705,714
|
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,111,741
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,112,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for financing costs
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
49,377
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
127,325
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
127,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for prepaid services
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
52,000
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
239,248
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
239,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for services
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
106,000
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
512,009
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
512,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(4,451,462
|
)
|
|
|
(4,451,462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2018
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,128,139
|
|
|
$
|
4,128
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
17,416,117
|
|
|
$
|
(21,401,234
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,980,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed services
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
216,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
216,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to officers, directors and consultants
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
749,750
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for cash
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
59,084
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
59,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for debt conversion
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,225,381
|
|
|
|
8,225
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,929,566
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,937,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for financing costs
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
114,980
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
115,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for prepaid services
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
235,064
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
945,726
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
945,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for services
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
127,500
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
511,607
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
511,885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(9,460,785
|
)
|
|
|
(9,460,785
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2019
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
|
12,752,084
|
|
|
$
|
12,752
|
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
23,942,830
|
|
|
$
|
(30,862,019
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,906,037
|
)
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
eWELLNESS
HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
STATEMENT
OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2019
|
|
|
December 31, 2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(9,460,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,451,462
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
6,731
|
|
|
|
5,982
|
|
Contributed services
|
|
|
216,000
|
|
|
|
220,500
|
|
Shares issued for consulting services
|
|
|
511,885
|
|
|
|
512,115
|
|
Shares issued for contribution
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
Shares issued for financing costs
|
|
|
135,900
|
|
|
|
127,374
|
|
Shares issued to officers, directors and consultants
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
|
|
350,088
|
|
Options expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
467,938
|
|
Amortization of debt discount and prepaids
|
|
|
4,805,376
|
|
|
|
812,499
|
|
Loss on disposal of fixed asset
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
Gain on settlement of debt
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(159,479
|
)
|
Gain on contingent liability
|
|
|
(90,000
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Foreign currency exchange gain
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(12,598
|
)
|
Loss on derivative liability
|
|
|
720,653
|
|
|
|
178,938
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expense
|
|
|
(49,197
|
)
|
|
|
22,479
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(3,635
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
231,762
|
|
|
|
130,454
|
|
Accounts payable - related party
|
|
|
(97,800
|
)
|
|
|
332,661
|
|
Accrued expenses - related party
|
|
|
(22,708
|
)
|
|
|
60,067
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
(70,496
|
)
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(2,978,814
|
)
|
|
|
(1,288,209
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equipment
|
|
|
(13,449
|
)
|
|
|
(14,233
|
)
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(13,449
|
)
|
|
|
(14,233
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for cash
|
|
|
59,100
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt
|
|
|
4,458,450
|
|
|
|
1,922,600
|
|
Original issue discount and debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(565,450
|
)
|
|
|
(242,700
|
)
|
Payments on debt
|
|
|
(1,102,450
|
)
|
|
|
(1,005
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
2,849,650
|
|
|
|
1,678,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
|
(142,613
|
)
|
|
|
376,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, beginning of period
|
|
|
383,335
|
|
|
|
6,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, end of period
|
|
$
|
240,722
|
|
|
$
|
383,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes
|
|
$
|
1,600
|
|
|
$
|
1,856
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Non cash items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants issued with debt
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Derivative liability and debt discount issued with new notes
|
|
$
|
4,385,384
|
|
|
$
|
1,099,732
|
|
Shares issued for debt conversion
|
|
$
|
1,955,557
|
|
|
$
|
1,456,782
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Shares issued for extinguishment of accounts payable
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Shares issued to directors and consultants as reduction of contributed capital
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
1,215,912
|
|
Shares issued for prepaids
|
|
$
|
945,961
|
|
|
$
|
239,300
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
eWellness
Healthcare Corporation
Notes
to Financial Statements
December
31, 2019
Note
1. The Company
The
Company and Nature of Business
eWellness
Healthcare Corporation (the “eWellness”, “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”)
was incorporated in the State of Nevada on April 7, 2011. The Company has generated no revenues to date.
eWellness
Healthcare Corporation is the first physical therapy telehealth company to offer real-time distance monitored assessments and
treatments. Our business model is to have large-scale employers use our PHZIO platform as a fully PT monitored corporate musculoskeletal
treatment (“MSK”) wellness program. The Company’s PHZIO home physical therapy assessment and exercise platform
has been designed to disrupt the $30 billion physical therapy market, the $4 billion MSK market and the $8 billion corporate wellness
industry. PHZIO re-defines the way MSK physical therapy can be delivered. PHZIO is the first real-time remote monitored 1-to-many
MSK physical therapy platforms for home use.
We
have commenced treating patients on various commercial contracts and anticipate generating initial revenues during the 4th
quarter of 2019. Despite the lack of revenues, we continue to train physical therapist on how to use our PHZIO treatment
platform, with many of these therapists treating various patients on our system on a complimentary basis. Our PHZIO system has
delivered over 4,000 telerehab treatments to date.
Our
latest challenges in the Workers Compensation space has been patient adoption of PHZIO, related to a patients’ choice to
choose if they are treated in-clinic or digitally. They are nearly all choosing in-clinic care. Our pivot to address this issue
was to develop and sell MSK 360 a pre-injury fitness exam and custom exercise platform that is just rolling out now. Next, we
finally are getting traction for our Per-Hab product with several large TPA’s. Lastly, multiple clients are requesting a
Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercise product (RA 360) that is currently being developed with a launch date of mid-January. With the success
of MSK 360 we expect that more Workers Comp patients will choose digital care over in-clinic care.
We
have now developed four key products with large scale users that need to turn on utilization in 2020. We have a large list of
corporate self-insured, TPA and insurance company sales book that we are actively focused on selling to them our MSK-360 and Pre-Hab
platforms. We expect good traction from many of these firms in 2020. These products are:
+
PHZIO: Realtime PT monitored Digital PT Treatments (post-injury)
+
MSK 360: Digital “PHZIOFIT” fitness exam and customer exercise plans for employees, (pre-injury)
+
Pre-Hab: Digital pre-surgery (non-monitored) for Total Knee, Hip and Shoulder surgery (post injury and pre-surgery)
+
RA 360: (Available January 2020) Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercise Plan
Note
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis
of Presentation
The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared to reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of
the Company and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”).
The
information regarding common stock shares, options and warrants throughout this document have been adjusted to reflect the 1:50
reverse split authorized by the Board of Directors on December 16, 2019 and further approved by FINRA on February 12, 2020.
Use
of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
materially from these good faith estimates and judgments.
Going
Concern
For
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had minimal revenues. The Company has an accumulated deficit of $30,862,019 and
a working capital deficit of $6,937,847. In view of these matters, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability
to continue as a going concern. The Company’s ability to continue operations is dependent upon the Company’s ability
to raise additional capital and to ultimately achieve sustainable revenues and profitable operations, of which there can be no
guarantee. The Company intends to finance its future development activities and its working capital needs largely from the sale
of public equity securities with some additional funding from other traditional financing sources, including term notes, until
such time that funds provided by operations are sufficient to fund working capital requirements. The financial statements of the
Company do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, or the amounts and
classifications of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The
Company complies with the accounting guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards
Codification (“ASC”) 820-10, Fair Value Measurements, as well as certain related FASB staff positions. This
guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities
required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact
business and considers assumptions that marketplace participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent
risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.
The
guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy for measurements of fair value as follows:
Level
1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level
2 – inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets
for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active,
or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets
or liabilities.
Level
3 – unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of
the assets or liabilities.
As
of December 31, 2019, the Company had the following assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Derivative Liability
|
|
$
|
3,529,974
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
3,529,974
|
|
Total Liabilities measured at fair value
|
|
$
|
3,529,974
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
3,529,974
|
|
As
of December 31, 2018, the Company had the following assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Derivative Liability
|
|
$
|
1,584,102
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
1,584,102
|
|
Total Liabilities measured at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,584,102
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
1,584,102
|
|
Property
and Equipment
Property
and equipment are recorded at historical cost. Minor additions and renewals are expensed in the year incurred. Major additions
and renewals are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful
lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The estimated useful lives for significant
property and equipment categories are as follows:
Furniture
and Fixtures
|
|
5-7
Years
|
Computer
Equipment
|
|
5-7
Years
|
Software
|
|
3
Years
|
The
Company regularly evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate the carrying value of long-lived assets
may not be recoverable. If factors indicate the asset may not be recoverable, we compare the related undiscounted future net cash
flows to the carrying value of the asset to determine if impairment exists. If the expected future net cash flows are less than
the carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized based on the fair value of the asset. For the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, there was no impairment recognized.
Intangible
Assets
The
Company accounts for assets that are not physical in nature as intangible assets. Intangible assets have either an identifiable
or indefinite useful life. Intangible assets with identifiable useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their
economic or legal life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reassessed each year for impairment.
If an impairment has occurred, then a loss is recognized. An impairment loss is determined by subtracting the asset’s fair
value from the asset’s book/carrying value. For the years ended December 21, 2019 and 2018, there was no impairment recognized.
Income
Taxes
The
Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740-10-30. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon
differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates
and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Accounting standards require the consideration of
a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if it is “more likely than not” that some component or all the benefits
of deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Debt
Issuance Costs
The
Company accounts for debt issuance costs in accordance with ASU 2015-03. This guidance requires direct and incremental costs associated
with the issuance of debt instruments such as legal fees, printing costs and underwriters’ fees, among others, paid to parties
other than creditors, are reported and presented as a reduction of debt on the consolidated balance sheets.
Debt
issuance costs and premiums or discounts are amortized over the term of the respective financing arrangement using the effective
interest method. Amortization of these amounts is included as a component of interest expense net, in the consolidated statements
of operations.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash
and cash equivalents include all cash deposits and highly liquid financial instruments with an original maturity to the Company
of three months or less. The Company maintains cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.
The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash
and cash equivalents.
Loss
per Common Share
The
Company follows ASC Topic 260 to account for the loss per share. Basic loss per common share calculations are determined by dividing
net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share
calculations are determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents
outstanding. During periods when common stock equivalents, if any, are anti-dilutive they are not considered in the computation.
As the Company has incurred losses for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no dilutive shares are added into the loss
per share calculations. While currently antidilutive, the following instruments could potentially dilute EPS in the future resulting
in the following common stock equivalents
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
57,000
|
|
|
|
57,000
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
42,015
|
|
|
|
74,364
|
|
Convertible Notes
|
|
|
1,782,346
|
|
|
|
506,605
|
|
|
|
|
1,881,361
|
|
|
|
637,969
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In
June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based
Payment Accounting”, which expands the scope of Topic 718 to include all share-based payment transactions for acquiring
goods and services from nonemployees. ASU 2018-07 specifies that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in
which the grantor acquires goods and services to be used or consumed in its own operations by issuing share-based payment awards.
ASU 2018-07 also clarifies that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to
the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for
under ASC 606. The amendments in ASU 2018-07 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim
periods within those fiscal years. The Company complies with the provisions of this amendment in recording share-based payment
transactions at grant date per the equity valuation on that date.
The
Company has reviewed all other recently issued, but not yet adopted, accounting standards in order to determine their effects,
if any, on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Based on that review, the Company believes that none of
these pronouncements will have a significant effect on its financial statements.
Note
3. Property and Equipment
Property
and equipment consist of computer equipment that is stated at cost $31,888 and $22,654 less accumulated depreciation of $9,078
and $8,562 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Depreciation expense was $4,731 and $3,028 for the years
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note
4. Intangible Assets
The
Company recognizes the cost of a software license and a license for use of a programming code as intangible assets. The stated
cost of these assets was $24,770 and $24,770 less accumulated amortization of $15,770 and $13,770 for the years ended December
31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the amortization expense recorded was $2,000
and $2,954, respectively.
Note
5. Income Taxes
Deferred
taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating
loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences
are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced
by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred
tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates
on the date of enactment.
The
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, reduced the U.S. corporate statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% beginning on
January 1, 2018.
Net
deferred tax liabilities consist of the following components as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOL carryover
|
|
$
|
2,402,900
|
|
|
$
|
1,204,500
|
|
Accrued payroll
|
|
|
111,900
|
|
|
|
233,800
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Related party accruals
|
|
|
123,100
|
|
|
|
143,700
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(2,638,700
|
)
|
|
|
(1,582,300
|
)
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
The
income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income
from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 due to the following:
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book loss
|
|
$
|
(1,986,800
|
)
|
|
$
|
(934,800
|
)
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Contributed services
|
|
|
45,400
|
|
|
|
46,300
|
|
Meals & entertainment
|
|
|
10,800
|
|
|
|
4,200
|
|
Stock for prepaids
|
|
|
196,000
|
|
|
|
63,200
|
|
Stock for consulting
|
|
|
157,900
|
|
|
|
222,500
|
|
Option expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
98,300
|
|
Amortization of debt discount
|
|
|
813,100
|
|
|
|
107,400
|
|
Accrued payroll
|
|
|
(121,900
|
)
|
|
|
8,800
|
|
Loss on conversion of debt
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(159,500
|
)
|
Gain on contingent liability
|
|
|
(18,900
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Related party accruals
|
|
|
(20,500
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Loss on derivative
|
|
|
151,300
|
|
|
|
37,600
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
774,100
|
|
|
|
506,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
At
December 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11,505,000 that may be offset against future
taxable income from the year 2020 through 2039. No tax benefit has been reported in the December 31, 2019 financial statements
since the potential tax benefit is offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount.
Due
to the change in ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax reporting
purposes are subject to annual limitations. Should a change in ownership occur, net operating loss carryforwards may be limited
as to use in future years.
The
Company’s policy is to recognize potential interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits within income
tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties, nor did
we have any interest or penalties accrued related to unrecognized benefits.
The
tax years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are open for examination for federal income tax purposes and by other major taxing
jurisdictions to which we are subject.
Note
6. Related Party Transactions
In
November 2016, the Company signed an agreement with a programming company (“PC”) within which one of the Company’s
directors and Chief Technical Officer is the Chief Marketing Officer. The agreement is for additional features to be programmed
for the launch of the PHZIO platform. The Company is to pay a monthly base fee of $100,000 for the development and compensation
for the Company’s CEO and CTO. Following payment of the initial $100,000, the Company is obligated to only pay $50,000 monthly
until the PC has successfully signed and collected the first monthly service fee for 100 physical therapy clinics to use the PHZIO
platform. The PC will also have the right to appoint 40% of the directors. At the end of December 31, 2019, the Company had a
payable of $582,382 due to this company.
For
the first nine months of the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company rented office space from a company owned by our CEO. The
imputed rent expense of $500 per month for nine months is recorded in the Statement of Operations and Additional Paid in Capital
in the Balance Sheet. For the last three months of the year ended December 31, 2018 and the full year ended December 31, 2019
the Company rented office space from a third-party provider.
Throughout
the year ended December 31, 2019, the officers and directors of the Company incurred business expenses on behalf of the Company.
The amounts payable to the officers as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were $1,368 and $3,076, respectively. There
were no expenses due to the board members, but the Company has accrued directors’ fees of $137,500 and $211,000 at December
31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Because the Company is not yet profitable the officers have agreed to defer compensation.
The Company had accrued executive compensation of $532,974 and $1,113,470 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 respectively.
Note
7. Convertible Notes Payable
Year
Ended December 31, 2019
In
January 2019, the Company received the third tranche of $60,000 relating to a note executed on July 13, 2018. During the year
ending December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $1,350. In July 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $60,000
plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $30,000. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.
In
January 2019, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $308,000. The note, which is due on January 8, 2020, has an original issue discount of $28,000 and transaction costs of $10,000.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average
of the two lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended
December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $20,466. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted
$266,000 of principal and $17,672 of accrued interest for 1,409,860 shares of common stock prices ranging between $.05 and $1.75.
At December 31, 2019, there is $42,000 principal outstanding.
In
January 2019, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $308,000 each. The note, which is due on January 8, 2020, has an original issue discount of $28,000 and transaction costs of
$10,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of
the average of the two lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the
year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $18,535. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor
converted $308,000 of principal and $18,535 of accrued interest for 839,210 shares of common stock for prices ranging from $.10
to $2.10. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully converted.
In
January 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $114,000. The note, which is due on October 30, 2019, has an original issue discount of $11,000 and transaction costs of $3,000.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% average of
the two lowest per share trading prices for the ten (10) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December
31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $6,028. In July 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $114,000 plus accrued
interest and a prepayment penalty of $42,010. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.
In
January 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $58,300. The note, which is due on November 15, 2019, has an original issue discount of $5,300 and transaction costs of $3,000.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% average of
the two lowest per share trading prices for the ten (10) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the nine months ended
December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $2,753. In July 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $58,300 plus accrued
interest and a prepayment penalty of $21,369. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.
In
February 2019, the Company received the fourth tranche of $30,000 relating to a note executed on July 13, 2018. During the year
ending December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $700. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted
$29,504 of principal for 382,800 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $.05 and $1.50. At December 31, 2019, there is
$496 principal and $700 accrued interest outstanding.
In
March 2019, the Company executed a Securities Purchase Agreement for Convertible Debentures to an institutional investor in the
principal amount of $365,000 to be funded in six tranches: $65,000 at signing, $100,000 forty-five (45) days after the signing
date and $200,000 forty-five (45) days after the second closing date. The debentures, which are payable on March 18, 2022, have
a 10% original issue discount and a commitment fee of $5,000 payable with the signing debenture. The debentures convert into common
stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (i) $6.00 or (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the lowest traded
price (as reported by Bloomberg LP) of the common stock for the ten (10) trading days prior to the conversion date. The first
tranche of $65,000 was received in March 2019. In September 2019, the Company prepaid this note of $65,000 and a prepayment penalty
of $19,500. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.
In
March 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $47,300. The note, which is payable on January 30, 2020, has an original issue discount of $4,300 and transaction costs of
$3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the
lowest two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion
date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3,226. In September 2019, the Company
prepaid this note of $47,300 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $16,555. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully
paid.
In
March 2019, the Company executed a 3% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $360,000. The note, which is payable twelve (12) months after each tranche is funded, has an original issue discount of $60,000.
The original issue discount will be prorated with each tranche paid. The first tranche of $60,000 is due at signing date. The
convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the lesser of (i)
lowest trading price or (ii) the lowest closing bid price on the OTCQB during the twenty-five (25) trading day period ending on
the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. The first tranche was received on March 29, 2019. The second tranche
of $37,500 was received on July 19, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3.209.
In September 2019, the Company prepaid the first tranche of $60,000 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $30,000.
At December 31, 2019, only the second tranche of $37,500 is outstanding.
In
March 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note to an institutional investor in the principal amount of $1,500,000
to be funded over separate tranches; the first tranche to be funded on signing. The note, which is due and payable six (6) months
after the funding date of each tranche, has an original issue discount of 10%. The Company issued 65,217 shares of restricted
common stock on the closing date. These are deemed returnable shares which the investor must return if the Company repays the
note prior to the maturity date. In addition, the Company issued 20,000 shares of restricted common stock as a commitment fee.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the lowest
trading price during the thirty (30) day trading period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date.
The first tranche of $750,000 was received on March 25, 2019. The second tranche of $350,000 was received on July 12, 2019 and
the Company issued 53,846 shares of restricted common stock. These shares are redeemable if the Company pays the note prior to
the maturity date of January 20, 2020. The third and final tranche was received on September 9, 2019 and the Company issued 80,000
shares of restricted common stock. These shares are redeemable if the Company pays the note prior to the maturity date of March
12, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $112,372. During the year ended December
31, 2019, the investor converted $393,647 of principal and $77,017 of accrued interest for 3,705,340 shares of common stock at
prices ranging from $0.02 to $11.00. At the year ended December 31, 2019, there is $1,106,353 principal and $35,355 accrued interest
outstanding.
In
April 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $58,300. The note, which is payable on February 15, 2020, has an original issue discount of $5,300 and transaction costs of
$3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the
lowest two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion
date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $3,811. In September 2019, the Company prepaid
this note of $58,300 plus accrued interest and a prepayment penalty of $20,405. At December 31, 2019, this note is fully paid.
In
May 2019, the Company executed a convertible note conversion period extension agreement on a note dated October 28, 2018, within
which the period of conversion by note holder was extended to May 27, 2019. The Company paid $16,031 to note holder for this extension
agreement. On May 28, 2019, the Company executed a second extension agreement on this note within which the period of conversion
by note holder was extended to June 11, 2019. The Company paid $16,105 to note holder for this extension agreement. During the
year ended December 31, 2019, the note holder converted the $308,000 note and accrued interest of $19,539 into 166,440 shares
of common shares at prices ranging from $1.75 to $2.26. At December 31, 2019, this note has been fully converted.
In
May 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $110,000. The note, which is due on February 13, 2020, has an original issue discount of $10,000 and transactions costs of
$3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% of the
lowest closing price for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the years ended December 31, 2019,
the Company accrued interest expense of $7,723. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the investor converted $91,500 of principal
and $6,000 of accrued interest into 1,596,158 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $0.04 to $0.20. At the year ended
December 31, 2019, there is $18,500 principal and $1,723 accrued interest outstanding.
In
July 2019, two Back-End notes executed in October 2018 with an institutional investor was funded for $154,000 each. Each note,
which is due on October 29, 2019, has an original issue discount of $14,000 and transaction costs of $2,500. The convertible notes
convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest
per share trading prices for the prior twenty (20) trading days including the conversion date. During the year ended December
31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $6,143 for each note.
In
July 2019, the Company signed an amendment to a convertible note issued on March 21, 2019 revising the conversion price from 75%
to 65% of the lowest trading price during the thirty (30) trading days prior to the conversion date.
In
July 2019 the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $140,800. The note, which is payable on April 30, 2020, has an original issue discount of $12,800 and transaction costs of
$3,000. The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the
lowest two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion
date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $7,192.
In
July 2019, the Company executed a convertible note conversion period extension agreement on a note dated January 8, 2019 within
which the period of conversion by note holder was extended to August 9, 2019. The Company paid $21,560 to note holder for this
extension agreement.
In
July 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $113,000. The note, which is due on July 9, 2020, has an original issue discount of $10,000 and transaction costs of $3,000.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% average of
the lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December
31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $6,130.
In
July 2019, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $235,200. The note, which is due on July 11, 2020, has an original issue discount of $25,200 and transaction costs of $10,000.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% average of
the lowest closing bid price for the prior twenty (20) trading days including the conversion date. During the year ended December
31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $8,351.
In
July 2019, the Company executed a convertible note conversion period extension agreement on a note dated January 8, 2019 within
which the period of conversion by note holder was extended to August 9, 2019. The Company paid $22,410 to note holder for this
extension agreement.
In
July 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $250,000. The note, which is due on April 19, 2020, has an original issue discount of $37,500 and transaction costs of $5,000.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the average
of the lowest per share trading prices for the twenty-five (25) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended
December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $12,986.
In
July 2019, the Company executed two 12% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to two institutional investors in the principal amount
of $38,500 each. Each note, which is due on April 30, 2020, has an original issue discount of $3,500 and transaction costs of
$1,500. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at a conversion price that shall be equal to the 65% of
the lowest per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December
31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3,746 for the two notes.
In
September 2019, the Company executed a 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $58,300. The note, which is payable on July 15, 2020, has an original issue discount of $5,300 and transaction costs of $3,000.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 70% of the average of the lowest
two (2) trading prices during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion
date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $1,967.
In
September 2019, a Back-End note executed in January 2019 with an institutional investor was funded for $154,000. The note, which
is due on January 9, 2020, has an original issue discount of $14,000 and transaction costs of $5,000. The convertible note converts
into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest per share
trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company
accrued interest expense of $3,747.
In
September 2019, two Back-End notes executed in January 2019 with an institutional investor was funded for $154,000 each. Each
note, which is due on January 8, 2020, has an original issue discount of $14,000 and transactions costs of $5,000. The convertible
notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2)
lowest per share trading prices for the prior twenty (20) trading days including the conversion date. During the year ended December
31, 2019, the Company accrued interest expense of $3,476 for each note.
In
October 2019, the Company executed a 10% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $57,750. The note, which is payable on October 2, 2020, has an original issue discount of $5,250 and transaction costs of $2,500.
The convertible note converts into common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to 65% of the lowest trading price
during the twenty (20) trading days ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended
December 31, 2019, the Company accrued interest of $1,424.
Year
Ended December 31, 2018
In
January 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $110,000. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on October 12, 2018, and accrued interest totaling
$4,489 was fully converted into 48,257 shares of common stock at a price of $2.37 per share.
In
January 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $91,300. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on October 30, 2018, and accrued interest totaling
$4,980 was fully converted into 32,616 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $2.915 to $3,015.
In
February 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $63,800. During year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on November 30, 2018, and accrued interest totaling $3,480
was fully converted into 26,196 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $2.435 to $2.66.
In
March 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $77,000. As of September 30, 2018, the institutional investor exercised its MFN provision in Paragraph 4a increasing the OID
from the stated in the note from 10% to 15% thus increasing the amount owed to $80,500. During the year ended December 31, 2018,
the note, which was due on December 5, 2018, and accrued interest totaling $5,928 was fully converted into 48,049 shares of common
stock at a price of $1.80.
In
March 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $72,450. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which was due on December 30, 2018, and accrued interest totaling
$3,780 was fully converted into 37,556 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $1.965 to $2.185.
In
May 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $125,000. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which is due on May 10, 2019, and accrued interest totaling $415
was fully converted into 32,525 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $3.14 to $5.16. At the year ended December 31, 2018,
the Company is still liable for $5,288 of accrued interest that has not yet been converted.
In
May 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $51,750. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the note, which is due on March 1, 2019, and accrued interest of $2,700 was
fully converted into 13,174 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $4.05 and $4.25.
In
July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $56,500. The note, which is due on April 17, 2019, has an original issue discount of $6,500. The convertible notes convert
into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.50 or (ii) 75% of the lowest
per share trading price for the thirty (30) trading days before the issued date of this note. The Company issued 2,000 shares
of common stock valued at $8,000 upon the execution of this note. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized
interest expense of $2,991.
In
July 2018, the Company executed an 3% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $180,000 for funding in six tranches. The note, which is due twelve months from the date of each individual tranche, has an
original issue discount of $10,000 per tranche. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price
that shall be equal to 75% of the market price which is lowest trading price during the twenty (20) trading day period ending
on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. The trading price is the lesser of: (i) lowest traded price or
(ii) the lowest closing bid price on the OTCQB. The first tranche of $60,000 was received in the month of July and second tranche
of $30,000 was received in the month of August. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense
of $1,102.
In
July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $28,250. The note, which is due on April 17, 2019, has an original issue discount of $3,250. The convertible notes convert
into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.50 or (ii) 75% of the lowest
per share trading price for the thirty (30) trading days before the issued date of this note. The Company issued 1,000 shares
of common stock valued at $4,000 upon the execution of this note. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized
interest expense of $1,495.
In
July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $77,000. As of September 30, 2018, the institutional investor exercised its MFN provision in Paragraph 4a increasing the OID
from the stated in the note from 10% to 15% thus increasing the amount owed to $80,500. The note, which is due on April 5, 2019,
has an original issue discount of $7,000. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that
shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $3.00 or (ii) 75% of the lowest per share trading price for the ten (10) trading days before
the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $4,870.
In
July 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $60,950. The note, which is due on April 30, 2019, has an original issue discount of $7,950. The convertible notes convert
into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.00 or (ii) variable conversion
price which is 75% of the average of the lowest (2) VWAP for the ten (10) trading day period ending on the latest compete trading
day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $3,647.
In
August 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $58,300. The note, which is due on June 15, 2019, has an original issue discount of $5,300. The convertible notes convert into
common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) $10.00 or (ii) variable conversion price
which is 75% of the average of the two (2) lowest VWAP for the ten (10) trading day period ending on the latest compete trading
day prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $2,338.
In
October 2018, the Company executed an 12% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $47,300. The note, which is due on July 15, 2019, has an original issue discount of $7,300. The convertible notes convert into
common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the variable conversion price which is 70% of the average
of the two (2) lowest VWAP for the ten(10) trading day period ending on the latest compete trading day prior to the conversion
date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $1,291.
In
October 2018, the Company executed an 8% Convertible Promissory Note payable to an institutional investor in the principal amount
of $165,000. The note, which is due on October 12, 2019, has an original issue discount of $15,000. The convertible notes convert
into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to 65% of the lowest per share closing price during the
fifteen (15) trading days immediately preceding the date of the notice of conversion. The first tranche of $110,000 was received
in the month of October and the second tranche of $55,000 was received in the month of November. During the year ended December
31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $2,594.
In
October 2018, the Company executed two 8% Convertible Promissory Notes payable to two institutional investors, each in the principal
amount of $308,000. Each note, which is due on October 29, 2019, has an original issue discount of $33,000. The convertible notes
convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to the 70% of the average of the two (2) lowest
per share trading prices for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the conversion date. During the year ended December 31, 2018,
the Company recognized interest expense of $4,118 for each note.
In
November 2018, a Back-End note executed in May 2018 with an institutional investor was funded. The Back-End note is an 8% Convertible
Promissory Note payable in the principal amount of $125,000. The note, which is due on May 10, 2019, has an original issue discount
of $10,000. The convertible notes convert into common stock of the Company at conversion price that shall be equal to 72% of the
lowest VWAP for the ten (10) trading days prior to and including the conversion date. Conversion into shares of common stock can
commence following the 180thcalendar day after the Original Issue Date. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the
Company recognized interest expense of $1,123.
As
of December 31, 2019, all 2018 notes have been fully converted or paid. (See Note 8)
Note
8. Equity Transactions
Preferred
Stock
The
total number of shares of preferred stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 20,000,000 shares with a par value
of $0.001 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock to officers, directors and consultants as deferred compensation and/or expense. The shares are eligible for conversion after
24 months into 40 shares of common stock per each preferred share. The value of the issued shares was calculated on the basis
of 40 shares per preferred share at the common share value on the date of issuance. The deferred compensation value of the shares
will vest monthly at 1/24th of the calculated value of $3,000,000 and requisite expense or reduction of accrued compensation
and/or accrued directors fees will be recorded. At the recording of the requisite vested share value, the corresponding number
of preferred shares will be recorded as being issued. At the end of December 31, 2019, there were 250,000 vested preferred shares
and $510,000 was recorded to reduce accrued compensation; $52,500 was recorded to reduce accrued directors’ fees, and $187,500
was recorded as expense for a total of $750,000.
Common
Stock
On
July 9, 2019, the Company filed a Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C for the purpose of authorizing the increase
in the number of authorized shares of Common stock from four hundred million (400,000,000) shares of Common stock to nine hundred
million (900,000,000) shares of Common stock (the “Authorized Common stock Share Increase”). On July 9, 2019, the
Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to implement the Authorized Common stock
Share Increase with the State of Nevada.
On
October 10, 2019, the Company filed a Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C for the purpose of authorizing the increase
in the number of authorized shares of Common stock from nine hundred million (900,000,000) shares of Common stock to one billion
nine hundred million (1,900,000,000) shares of Common stock (the “Authorized Common stock Share Increase”). On October
15, 2019, the Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to implement the Authorized
Common stock Share Increase with the State of Nevada.
On
December 6, 2019, the Corporation filed a Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C for the purpose of authorizing the
implementation of a corporate action for a reverse stock split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, including
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance in a ratio and at a time and date to be determined by the Corporation’s Board
of Directors, not to exceed a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis. On December 12, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized
and approved the reverse stock on a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis. The Company subsequently filed with FINRA on December 20, 2019
for approval to implement this reverse stock split. FINRA approval was received on February 12, 2020. As of February 12, 2020,
the Company’s stock began trading under the symbol of EWLLD. Throughout these financial statements, footnotes and elsewhere
in the Form 10K for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the common shares outstanding and issued have been adjusted to
reflect this reverse split.
The
Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C, noted above, was also filed for the purpose of authorizing the increase in the
number of authorized shares of Common Stock one billion nine hundred million (1,900,000,000) shares of Common Stock to four billion
five hundred million (4,500,000,000) shares of Common Stock (the “Authorized Common Stock Share Increase”). On December
9, 2019, the Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to implement the Authorized
Common Stock Share Increase with the State of Nevada.
Debt
Conversion Shares
2019
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued a total of 8,225,381 shares of common stock per debt conversion of various
convertible notes (See Note 7). The total of the debt conversion was for $1,776,901 of principal, $157,756 of accrued interest
and $20.900 financing costs.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 219,064 shares of common stock for financing costs relating to convertible
debt. The value of the financing costs was $937,462.
2018
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued a total of 625,714 shares of common stock per debt conversion of various
convertible notes (See Note 7). The total of the debt conversion was $1,284,582 principal plus $172,200 accrued interest.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 49,377 shares of common stock for financing costs relating to convertible
debt. The value of the financing costs was $127,374
Consultant
Issued Shares
2019
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 163,500 shares of common stock for marketing and consulting services valued
at $635,385.
2018
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 158,000 shares of common stock for marketing and consulting services valued
at $751,415.
Institutional
Investor Shares
2019
In
April 2019, the Company issued 16,100 shares of common stock pursuant to a capital call notice in relation to an Equity Purchase
Agreement dated June 18, 2018. The capital call totaled $59,100.
2018
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 20,000 shares of common stock as an inducement per an Equity Purchase Agreement
with an institutional investor within which the investor agrees to purchase up to $1,500,000 of the Company’s common stock,
par value $0.001. The value of these shares is $70,000.
Stock
Options
On
August 6, 2015, the Board of Directors approved the 2015 Stock Option Plan, pursuant to which certain directors, officers, employees
and consultants will be eligible for certain stock options and grants. The Plan is effective as of August 1, 2015 and the maximum
number of shares reserved and available for granting awards under the Plan shall be an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common
stock, provided however that on each January 1, starting with January 1, 2016, an additional number of shares equal to the lesser
of (A) 2% of the outstanding number of shares (on a fully-diluted basis) on the immediately preceding December 31 and (B) such
lower number of shares as may be determined by the Board or committee charged with administering the plan. This plan may be amended
at any time by the Board or appointed plan Committee.
The
following is a summary of the status of all Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2019 and changes during the periods
ended on December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Stock
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Life (yrs)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2018
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
$
|
13.00
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
(343,000
|
)
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
|
|
|
57,000
|
|
|
$
|
40.00
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
|
|
|
57,000
|
|
|
|
40.00
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Options exercisable at December 31, 2019
|
|
|
57,000
|
|
|
$
|
40.00
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
The
Company recognized stock option expense of $0 and $467,693 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Warrants
In
March 2018, the Board of Directors, at the request and with the approval of the investors, determined that it was in the best
interests of the Company and the Investors, based upon market price and relatively limited liquidity of the shares of common stock
that the Company revised the expiration date and exercise price for 8,349 unexercised warrants granted on April 9, 2015. The original
expiration date of April 9, 2018 was extended to April 9, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, these warrants expired.
Note
9. Commitments, Contingencies
The
Company may be subject to lawsuits, administrative proceedings, regulatory reviews or investigations associated with its business
and other matters arising in the normal conduct of its business. The following is a description of an uncertainty that is considered
other than ordinary, routine and incidental to the business.
The
closing of the Initial Exchange Agreement with Private Co. was conditioned upon certain, limited customary representations and
warranties, as well as, among other things, our compliance with Rule 419 (“Rule 419”) of Regulation C under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the consent of our shareholders as required under Rule 419. Accordingly,
we conducted a “Blank Check” offering subject to Rule 419 (the “Rule 419 Offering”) and filed a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 to register the shares of such offering; the Registration Statement was declared effective on September
14, 2012. We used 10% of the subscription proceeds as permitted under Rule 419 and the amount remaining in the escrow trust as
of the date of the closing of the Share Exchange was $90,000 (the “Trust Account Balance”).
Rule
419 required that the Share Exchange occur on or before March 18, 2014, but due to normal negotiations regarding the transactions
and the parties’ efforts to satisfy all the closing conditions, the Share Exchange did not close on such date. Accordingly,
after numerous discussions with management of both parties, they entered into an Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement
(the “Share Exchange Agreement”) to reflect a revised business combination structure, pursuant to which we would:
(i) file a registration statement on Form 8-A (“Form 8A”) to register our common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of
the Exchange Act, which we did on May 1, 2014 and (ii) seek to convert the participants of the Rule 419 Offering into participants
of a similarly termed private offering (the “Converted Offering”), to be conducted pursuant to Regulation D, as promulgated
under the Securities Act.
Fifty-two
persons participated in the Rule 419 Offering and each of them gave the Company his/her/its consent to use his/her/its escrowed
funds to purchase shares of the Company’s restricted common stock in the Converted Offering (the “Consent”)
rather than have their funds returned. To avoid further administrative work for the investors, we believe that we took reasonable
steps to inform investors of the situation and provided them with an appropriate opportunity to maintain their investment in the
Company, if they so choose, or have their funds physically returned. Management believed the steps it took constituted a constructive
return of the funds and therefore met the requirements of Rule 419.
However,
pursuant to Rule 419(e)(2)(iv), “funds held in the escrow or trust account shall be returned by first class mail or equally
prompt means to the purchaser within five business days [if the related acquisition transaction does not occur by a date that
is 18 months after the effective date of the related registration statement].” As set forth above, rather than physically
return the funds, we sought consent from the investors of the Rule 419 Offering to direct their escrowed funds to the Company
to instead purchase shares in the Converted Offering. The consent document (which was essentially a form of rescission) was given
to the investors along with a private placement memorandum describing the Converted Offering and stated that any investor who
elected not to participate in the Converted Offering would get 90% of their funds physically returned. Pursuant to Rule 419(b)(2)(vi),
a blank check company is entitled to use 10% of the proceed/escrowed funds; therefore, if a return of funds is required, only
90% of the proceed/escrowed funds need be returned. The Company received $100,000 proceeds and used $10,000 as per Rule 419(b)(2)(vi);
therefore, only $90,000 was subject to possible return.
As
disclosed therein, we filed the amendments to the initial Form 8-K in response to comments from the SEC regarding the Form 8-K
and many of those comments pertain to an alleged violation of Rule 419. The Company continued to provide the SEC with information
and analysis as to why it believes it did not violate Rule 419 but was unable to satisfy the SEC’s concerns. Comments and
communications indicate that Rule 419 requires a physical return of funds if a 419 offering cannot be completed because a business
combination was not consummated within the required time frame; constructive return is not permitted.
Because
of these communications and past comments, we are disclosing that we did not comply with the requirements of Rule 419, which required
us to physically return the funds previously submitted to escrow pursuant to the Rule 419 Offering. Because of our failure to
comply with Rule 419, the SEC may bring an enforcement action or commence litigation against us for failure to strictly comply
with Rule 419. If any claims or actions were to be brought against us relating to our lack of compliance with Rule 419, we could
be subject to penalties (including criminal penalties), required to pay fines, make damages payments or settlement payments. In
addition, any claims or actions could force us to expend significant financial resources to defend ourselves, could divert the
attention of our management from our core business and could harm our reputation.
Ultimately,
the SEC determined to terminate its review of the Initial Form 8-K and related amendments, rather than provide us with additional
opportunities to address their concerns and therefore, we did not clear their comments. It is not possible at this time to predict
whether or when the SEC may initiate any proceedings, when this issue may be resolved or what, if any, penalties or other remedies
may be imposed, and whether any such penalties or remedies would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations, or cash flows. Litigation and enforcement actions are inherently unpredictable, the outcome of
any potential lawsuit or action is subject to significant uncertainties and, therefore, determining currently the likelihood of
a loss, any SEC enforcement action and/or the measurement of the amount of any loss is complex. Consequently, we are unable to
estimate the range of reasonably possible loss. Our assessment is based on an estimate and assumption that has been deemed reasonable
by management, but the assessment process relies heavily on an estimate and assumption that may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate,
and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change that estimate and assumption. Considering the
uncertainty of this issue and while Management evaluates the best and most appropriate way to resolve same, management determined
to create a reserve on the Company’s Balance Sheet for the $90,000 that was subject to the Consent.
The
statute of limitations applicable to SEC enforcement proceedings is 28 U.S.C. § 2462. Section 2462 provides that “an
action, suit or proceeding for the enforcement of any civil fine, penalty, or forfeiture, pecuniary or otherwise,” must
be commenced within five (5) years from the date when the relevant claim accrued. Section 2462 has also been applied in enforcement
proceedings brought by other federal regulatory agencies, including the Commodities and Futures Trading Commission, the Office
of Foreign Assets Control, the Federal Communications Commission, and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. The SEC is now
barred from commencing an enforcement action against the Company because the deadline for the SEC to commence such action expired
on or before September 30, 2019. Because of this expiration date, the Company has removed the $90,000 from the balance and recorded
it as Gain on Contingent Liability.
From
time to time the Company may become a party to litigation matters involving claims against the Company. Except as may be outlined
above, the Company believes that there are no current matters that would have a material effect on the Company’s financial
position or results of operations.
Note
10. Derivative Valuation
The
Company evaluated the convertible debentures and associated warrants in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and
Hedging,” and determined that the conversion feature of the convertible promissory notes was not afforded the exemption
for conventional convertible instruments due to their variable conversion rates. The notes have no explicit limit on the number
of shares issuable, so they did not meet the conditions set forth in current accounting standards for equity classification. Therefore,
these have been characterized as derivative instruments. We elected to recognize the notes under ASU paragraph 815-15-25-4, whereby
there would be a separation into a host contract and derivative instrument. We elected to initially and subsequently measure the
notes and warrants in their entirety at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.
The
debt discount is amortized over the life of the note and recognized as interest expense. For years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018, the Company amortized the debt discount of $3,871,849 and $511,339, respectively.
During
the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had the following activity in the derivative liability account:
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Derivative liability at January 1, 2018
|
|
$
|
365,591
|
|
|
$
|
774,986
|
|
|
$
|
1,140,577
|
|
Addition of new conversion option derivatives
|
|
|
1,243,333
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,243,333
|
|
Conversion of note derivatives
|
|
|
(429,927
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(429,927
|
)
|
Changes in warrant derivatives
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(202,610
|
)
|
|
|
(202,610
|
)
|
Change in fair value
|
|
|
223,724
|
|
|
|
(390,995
|
)
|
|
|
(167,271
|
)
|
Reclassification of derivative to gain on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Derivative liability at December 31, 2018
|
|
$
|
1,402,721
|
|
|
$
|
181,381
|
|
|
$
|
1,584,102
|
|
Addition of new conversion option derivatives
|
|
|
4,385,384
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,385,384
|
|
Conversion of note derivatives
|
|
|
(2,165,898
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,165,898
|
)
|
Extinguishment due to note cancellations
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in warrant derivatives
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Change in fair value
|
|
|
(92,240
|
)
|
|
|
(181,374
|
)
|
|
|
(273,614
|
)
|
Reclassification of derivative to gain on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Derivative liability at December 31, 2019
|
|
$
|
3,529,967
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
3,529,974
|
|
For
purposes of determining the fair market value of the derivative liability, the Company used Black Scholes option valuation model.
The significant assumptions used in the Black Scholes valuation of the derivative are as follows:
Stock price at valuation date
|
|
$
|
.05-11.25
|
|
Exercise price of warrants
|
|
$
|
12.50
|
|
Conversion rate of convertible debt
|
|
$
|
.0325
– 35.00
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
|
1.48%-2.60
|
%
|
Stock volatility factor
|
|
|
103%-1468
|
%
|
Years to Maturity
|
|
|
.02
– 1
|
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
None
|
|
Note
11. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
During
the year ended December 31, 2018 the Company had the following non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
●
|
Issued
49,377 shares of common stock for financing costs valued at $127,374
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
20,000 shares of common stock as an inducement for an Equity Purchase Agreement valued at $70,000
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
348,000 shares of common stock to officers, directors and certain consultants per the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan valued at
$1,566,000
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
80,000 shares of common stock for settlement of debt of $180,051 and accrued interest of $56,817
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
52,000 shares of common stock valued at $239,300 which was recorded as a prepaid
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
106,000 shares of common stock valued at $512,115 for services.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
625,714 shares of common stock for the extinguishment of $1,294,582 of debt and $172,00 of accrued interest
|
During
the year ended December 31, 2019 the Company had the following non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
●
|
Issued
219,064 shares of common stock for financing costs valued at $937,462.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
8,225,381 shares of common stock for settlement of debt of $1,776,900, accrued interest of $157,756 and $20,900 of financing
costs.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
36,000 shares of common stock valued at $123,500 which was recorded as a prepaid.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Issued
127,500 shares of common stock valued at $511,885 for services
|
Note
8. Subsequent Events
On
January 30, 2020, the Company executed a 12-month advisory services agreement. The Company is to issue 20,000 shares of common
stock monthly. The Company issued 40,000 shares of common stock (for January and February) with a value of $118. In addition,
the Company is to also pay the advisor a monthly fee of $2,500.
On
February 12, 2020, FINRA approved a 1:50 reverse split of the Company’s common stock. As noted throughout this document,
all common shares are stated as if the 1:50 reverse split had been completed as of the beginning of the year ended December 31,
2018. Following the approval, the Company’s stock began trading under the symbol “EWLLD”. Due to rounding issues
for the reverse split, the Company issued 47,877 additional shares of common stock.
On
February 19, 2020, the Board of Directors approved the increase of authorized common stock shares from 4,500,000,000 to 20,000,000,000.
The number of authorized preferred shares remained at 20,000,000.
From
January 1 until the filing of this report on March 24, the Company issued 454,143,389 shares of common stock for debt conversion
totaling $444,758 which includes $338,510 principal, $43,248 accrued interest and $63,000 financing costs.
From
January 1 until the filing of this report on March 24, the Company issued 55,000 shares of common stock to consultants
for services rendered in accordance to consulting agreements. The value of these shares is $995.
BUSINESS
eWellness
Healthcare Corporation (“eWellness”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”),
was incorporated in the State of Nevada on April 7, 2011.
The
Company has developed a new operating structure enabling it to operate in 48 states. The below noted chart illustrates the Company’s
new operational structure that provides for three individual professional operating companies in California, New Jersey and most
importantly Florida. With our Florida Professional Association (PA), we are able to provision our telehealth services in 46 states,
(excluding: California, Delaware, Kansas and New Jersey). Thus, we formed two additional professional companies in California
and New Jersey. Each professional company has executed a revocable operating agreement with the Company. These agreements are
required by each individual state and states that Darwin Fogt, MPT, the sole officer, director and shareholder of each of the
operating companies. All accounting services are supplied to these operating companies by the Company’s accounting team.
The
Company and Nature of Business
The
Company is a provider of the state of the art PHZIO platform for the physical therapy (“PT”)
and telehealth markets and believes it is the first digital telehealth physical therapy company (“dtPT Company”)
to offer real-time monitored physical therapy assessments and treatments to large-scale employers. The Company’s digital
telehealth assessment and treatment platform (the “dtPT Platform” or “Platform”) has been designed to
serve the $30 billion physical therapy market, the $4 billion musculoskeletal (“MSK”) market and the $8 billion corporate
wellness market. Our dtPT Platform redefines the way physical therapy (“PT”) can be delivered. We believe that our
Platform is able to transform the access, cost and quality dynamics of PT assessments and treatments.
We
designed our Platform to enable its usage for all PT assessments and treatments by means of computer, smart phone and/or similar
digital media devices (the “Access Devices”). This new approach will lower patient treatment costs, expand patient
treatment access and improve patient compliance. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming clinical experience
to an immediate in-home PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments can be performed
using our Platform accessible via the Access Devices in the privacy of once home.
We
believe that our innovative approach to solving the pervasive access, cost and quality challenges facing the current access to
PT clinics, will lead to highly scalable and substantial growth in our revenues. The Company
has signed 7 partnership and healthcare provider agreements to date and has begun to generate initial revenues during the fourth
quarter of 2019. We believe that we are well positioned to participate in the rapidly evolving PT treatment market by introducing
our innovative dtPT Platform enabling remote patient monitoring, post-discharge treatment plan adherence and in-home care. Our
Platform incorporates research-based methods and focuses on, not only rehabilitation but also wellness, functional fitness, performance,
and prevention.
Our
dtPT Platform recognizes that the national healthcare industry (federal and private insurance) is moving toward a model of prevention
and that physical therapy is expected to take a larger role in providing wellness services to patients. Due to the real-time patient
monitoring feature, we believe that our dtPT Platform is reimbursable by insurance companies such as Anthem Blue Cross and Blue
Shield.
The
Company will initially rollout these new telehealth solutions within California, New Jersey, Georgia, Tennessee, Arizona and Canada,
with plans to expand nationally over the next twelve months. With these new telehealth tools, eWellness will engage with the “At-Home”
Physical Therapy and MSK treatment market. This market involves physical therapy practitioners treating patients in their home
instead of a clinic. The “At-Home” market model when combined with the PHZIO and or MSK 360 offers patients and practitioners
a means to receive and deliver PT and MSK services without having to leave work during normal business hours. Patients can receive
physical therapy and MSK services at almost any hour of the day. A model that is not currently employed within traditional clinical
settings.
Our
PHZIO and MSK 360 platforms have been developed to significantly support us in becoming the leader in the new industry of digital
telehealth in the MSK and PT markets. Our focus is to highlight that a majority of all future MSK PT treatments can be accomplished
with a smart phone. This new digital adoption will lower employee treatment costs, expand employee treatment access and improve
employee compliance. Our PHZIO and MSK 360 platform allows employees and PT’s to cut the cord from the old-school, wait
in line, brick and mortar clinical experience to an immediate response digital, in-home PT experience. Nearly, 100% of all PT
assessments and treatments can now be done on an employee’s smart phone in the privacy of their own home. Digital MSK treatments
are clearly the next upgrade the industry needs to make.
The
Company has created a strong path to initial revenue generation and substantial sales growth through executing on our Workers
Compensation and MSK Sales Funnel. Our Workman’s Compensation and MSK Sales Funnel currently includes over 101 companies.
Starting in the Summer of 2018 we pivoted our sales process to focus on the workman’s compensation PT industry. Additionally,
we added the MSK market during the summer of 2019. Multiple agreements are anticipated to be executed from our workman’s
compensation and MSK sales funnel through 2019 and beyond.
Recent
Developments
During
June 2019 the Company signed a Provider Service Agreement with CareIQ, a division of CorVel Healthcare Corporation, one of the
largest Third-Party Insurance Administrators (“TPA”) in the U.S. with patients in all 50 states. https://www.corvel.com/about-us.
Initially, PHZIO will be used to treat patients in five (5) states including: California, New Jersey, Georgia, Tennessee and Arizona.
These initial states will be used to assess the effectiveness of the PHZIO digital physical therapy platform.
In
October 2019 The Company signed a Direct to Consumer Marketing Agreement with Wosler Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation d/b/a/
Slingshot Health (“Slingshot”) (https://www.slingshothealth.com), Through this agreement, Slingshot seeks to
involve EWLL affiliated PT Providers, and EWLL seeks to gain their affiliated PT Providers access to the Slingshot consumer healthcare
patients through the Slingshot platform. The Parties anticipate commencing these new direct to consumer sales and marketing efforts
during the first quarter of 2020. The Company believes that Slingshot Healthcare is one of the leading on-line platforms for digital
healthcare to consumers. Slingshot Health is a healthcare marketplace connecting people to health and wellness providers, placing
control directly in the hands of those seeking and delivering care. By removing layers of bureaucracy surrounding our healthcare
system, Slingshot is achieving its mission of creating better access, more affordability and greater transparency in healthcare.
Through Slingshot’s proprietary platform, consumers enter the services they want, their location, availability and the price
they are willing to pay. Slingshot then matches them to a local provider who can deliver the service. Healthcare consumers receive
high-quality, affordable services and providers earn more overall.
In
October 2019, EWLL’s PHZIO Canada (“PHZIO Canada”) signed a one-year Pilot Program Agreement with C&C Insurance
Consultants d/b/a/ StudentVIP.ca (“StudentVIP.ca”) (https://studentvip.ca/about-us/), Through this agreement, StudentVIP.ca
seeks to market PHZIO.com services to its student health insurance clients. StudentVIP.ca is one of Canada’s largest student
health insurance provider servicing over 100,000 college students. The Parties anticipate commencing these new direct to consumer
sales and marketing efforts during the first quarter of 2020.
Our
Principal Products and Services
The
principal features of our new digital telehealth physical therapy delivery system are as follows:
|
●
|
SaaS
technology platform solution for providers bundling rehabilitation services and employer wellness programs: PTs can evaluate
and screen patients and calculate joint angles using drawing tool
|
|
●
|
First
real-time remote monitored one-to-many PT treatment platform for home use;
|
|
●
|
Ability
for PTs to observe multiple patients simultaneously in real-time;
|
|
●
|
Solves
what has been a structural problem and limitation in post-acute care practice growth.
|
|
●
|
PT
practices can experience 20% higher adherence and compliance rates versus industry standards; and
|
|
●
|
Tracking
to 30% increase in net income for a PT practice.
|
We
have commenced treating patients on various commercial contracts and started to generate revenues during the three months ended
December 31, 2019. We continue to train physical therapists on how to use our Platform, with many of these therapists treating
various patients on our system on a complimentary basis. To date, our dtPT Platform has delivered over 4,000 PT assessments and
treatments.
During
the 2nd half of 2019, we intensified our focus on PT assessments and treatments covered under the Workers’ Compensation
Insurance program which is a form of insurance providing wage replacement and medical benefits to employees injured in the course
of employment. Changes in regulations related Workers’ Compensation Insurance have provided us with an opportunity to offer
our MSK 360 Program as described below. Under the new regulation patients can choose to be treated in-clinic or through dtPT.
Until recently, patients nearly all choose in-clinic treatment. In response to this change we developed our MSK360 Program.
We
are in the final stage of developing a fourth program related to Rheumatoid Arthritis Exercises (“RA 360 Program”).
We expect to make the RA 360 Program available during the first quarter of 2020.
To
date, we have existing provider agreements with approximately 16 corporations based on which their employees can utilize our Platform.
Additionally, we are actively pursuing as clients for our services numerus large corporate self-insured companies, TPA’s
and insurance companies to sign provider agreements with us. We have historically had to devote up to one year in sales and marketing
and sales activities and efforts to sign new provider agreements and to date we have executed and existing 16 provider agreements
with the following companies that we expect to generate revenues during the first quarter of 2020 as follows:
Pepsi,
Corvel, Imperial, Rogers, Manulife, CanadaLife, Navy & Stage Benefits, Health and Dental Plan, Slingshot Health, BBD Benefits
By Design, Morneau Shapell, Green Shield Canada, Bruce Power.
Our
dtPT Platform under the domain name PHZIO.com currently offers three treatment programs (i) PHIZO Program; (ii) MSK 360 Program
and (iii) Pre-HabPT Program.
The
PHZIO Program:
Our
PHZIO treatment enables patients to engage with live or on-demand video based dtPT assessments and treatments from their home
or office. Following a physician’s exam and prescription for physical therapy to treat back, knee or hip pain, a patient
can be examined by a physical therapist and if found appropriate inducted in our PHZIO program that includes a progressive 6-month
telemedicine exercise program (including monthly in-clinic checkups). All PHZIO treatments are monitored by a licensed therapist
that sees everything the patient is doing while providing their professional guidance and feedback in real-time. This ensures
treatment compliance by the patient, maintains the safety and integrity of the prescribed exercises, tracks patient metrics and
captures pre-and post-treatment evaluation data. This innovative assessment and treatment program enable any PT practice to be
able to treat more patients while utilizing the same resources.
A
Monitored In-office & Telemedicine Exercise Program : Our initial 6-month PHZIO program has been designed to provide patients,
who are accepted into the program, with traditional one-on-one PT evaluations, re-evaluations (one to four weeks throughout the
PHZIO program depending on type of insurance), and after the conclusion of the program a Physical Performance Test. These PTs
are known as Induction & Evaluation PTs (“IEPTs”). All patient medical data, information and records are retained.
The IEPT will also evaluate the progress of the patient’s participation in our PHZIO program.
|
●
|
Physician
Diagnosis: Following a physician’s diagnosis of a patient with non-acute back pain, who is also likely overweight
and pre-diabetic, a physician may prescribe the patient to participate in our PHZIO program.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Enrollment
Process: The accepted patients are assessed by a PT, located at a PT Licensee clinic and then enrolled in our PHZIO program
by going online to our website phzio.com and creating a login name and password. The patient will then populate their calendar
with planned times when they anticipate exercising. They will also be provided with a free exercise ball, resistance stretch
bands, stretch strap and yoga mat at induction.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Exercising
Begins: The day after the patient receives the equipment, the patient will log on to our website least 3 times per week,
to watch and follow the prescribed 40-minute on-line exercise program. Our Platform also allows two-way communication (videoconferencing)
with one of our licensee’s On-line PTs (“OLPT’s”), who is responsible for monitoring on-line patients.
The OLPT’s are also available to answer patient’s questions. When available the patients exercise sessions are
recorded and stored in our system as proof that they completed the prescribed exercises. There are 250 various 40-minute exercise
videos that are viewed by our patients in successive order.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Driving
Patients to work out between 6:00am-9:30am 5 days per week: Our Platform has a calendar function so that patients can
schedule their exercise session. This calendar enables a PT Licensee to better spread the load of patients participating in
any forty-minute on-line exercise program during our 15 hours of weekly operations, 6am through 9:30am Monday through Friday
are to most optimal hours for patient engagement. Also, if the patient is not on-line at the planned exercise time, our system
can send them an automated reminder, via text, voicemail and or e-mail messaging.
|
Trackable
Physical Therapy. The exercise prescription and instruction will be delivered with a series of on-line videos easily
accessed by each patient via the internet. Each video will be approximately 40 minutes in length with exercises, which will specifically
address the common impairments associated with diabetes and/or obesity. Exercise programs will be able to be performed within
each patient’s own home or work location. Each patient will be required to log in to the system which will monitor performance
automatically to ensure their compliance. Each patient will be required to follow up with their referring physician and PT at
designated intervals and metrics such as blood pressure, blood sugars, BMI, etc. will be recorded to ensure success of the program.
Patient
Program Goals. Our PHZIO Program was designed so that the average patient is targeted to lose 2 pounds per week,
totaling up to 48 pounds over the duration of the program to progress toward healthier defined BMI, reduction body fat percentage
by at least 8%, reduced reliance on medication for blood glucose regulation and dosage or frequency and a goal of at least a 50%
adherence to continuing the PHZIO program independently at conclusion of program.
Trackable
Video Exercise Program. The PHZIO Program video includes all aspects of wellness preventative care to ensure the best
results: cardiovascular training, resistance training, flexibility, and balance and stabilization; research studies on all such
distinct impairments have shown to provide effective treatment results. Each video integrates each of the four components to guarantee
a comprehensive approach to the wellness program, but each video will specifically highlight one of the four components. All PHZIO
Program videos can be viewed on the Access Devices.
Specific
Video Programs. Each patient will receive a prescription for six months (26 week) of physical therapy and exercise that
is provided by viewing on-line programs produced by us where the patient can do these exercises and stretching on their own at
least 3 days per week for at least 40 minutes. To view the videos, the patient would log onto the Platform and would be directed
to watch the appropriate video in sequence. As the patient is logged-in, the monitoring PT will be able to monitor how often and
if the entire video session was viewed. This data would be captured and sent weekly to the prescribing physician and the monitoring
PT for review. At all times, a licensed OLPT/PTA will have access to each patient utilizing the videos and will be able to communicate
with a patient via videoconferencing and/or instant messaging. This will help improve adherence to the program as well as the
success and safety of the patients’ treatments. A patient will also be instructed to walk or ride a bike at least 30 minutes
three days per week in addition to participating in our program.
If
the patient is not viewing the videos, then the prescribing physician and/or the monitoring PT would reach out to the patient
by telephone and/or e-mail to encourage the patient to commit to their physical fitness regime. After each series, the patient
returns for an office visit to the prescribing physician for blood tests, blood pressure and a weight management check- up as
well as a follow-up visit with the PT for assessment of the patient’s progress toward established goals.
Exercise
Patient Kits. Most patients will receive a home exercise kit, which will include: an inflatable exercise ball, a hand
pump, a yoga mat, a yoga strap, and varying levels of resistance bands. Each of the PHZIO Program exercise video will include
exercises that incorporate the items in the tool kit. By using a bare minimum of equipment, patients should be able to participate
more easily at home or at their workplace. Our estimated cost of the kit is $49, which we pay and factored into a PT licensees’
revenue stream and internal projections. The cost of the exercise kits may also be billed to the patients account.
MSK
360 Program
The
musculoskeletal (MSK) system, which consists of our bones, muscles and joints, experience strain as we move. MSK related issues
are a leading cause of absenteeism in the workplace and in many cases can lead to short- or long-term disability. These costs
are a significant factor in any workplace and have cascading effects on employee productivity. We believe that to accelerate physical
health, it is critical to prevent and address MSK timely to reduce future health costs.
Patients
can receive virtual care through the MSK 360 Program with the guidance of a registered PT via our Platform through their Access
Devices. As patients will not need to travel to their health appointments during the workday, telerehabilitation is a timesaver,
and therefore a cost saver.
The
employee will first be evaluated to determine the priority of patients’ treatments based on the severity of their condition
if they are suitable for our MSK 360 Program. If a patient has experienced a major injury (e.g. fracture), he/she will be instructed
to receive in-person PT care.
Any
EPS and/or LW insureds may, after an in-home or in-office PT assessment, enroll in a 6-month comprehensive treatment program.
The main treatment objective of our MSK360 Program is to graduate at least 60% of inducted patients through our 6-month program.
Patients should expect to experience an average of a 20% reduction in BMI, a two-inch reduction in waist size, weight loss of
at least 10 pounds, significant overall improvement in balance, coordination, flexibility, strength and lumbopelvic stability.
Patients also should score better on Functional Outcomes Scales (Oswestry and LEFS) which indicates improved functional activity
levels due to reduced low back, knee and hip pain.
PreHabPT
Program
Any
individuals covered by EPS and/or LW who are seeking non-emergency orthopedic surgery shall first receive an online consultation,
in-home or in-office PT therapy evaluation and will be prescribed a four to eight-week pre-habilitation physical therapy (“PreHabPT”)
exercise program prior to any surgery. Another in-home or in-office PT evaluation will be made following surgery and a treatment
plan will be initiated. A PreHabPT Program is an eight-week physician to patient pre-surgical (Prehab) digital therapeutic exercise
treatment for patients that anticipate having total join replacement (knee, hip and or shoulder) or back surgeries.
PurePT
PurePT
is a patient and independent PT Program for connecting new patients to PT’s that are seeking to be treated with our PHZIO
treatment system. Patient program assessments can be made in the privacy of a patient’s home or office. PurePT connects
new patients to PT’s, particularly in states that have direct access rules where patient’s insurance will reimburse
for treatment without requiring a physician’s prescription. PurePT puts the patient first.
Our
Marketing Strategy
We
pivoted and intensified our focus on generating revenues from PT assessments and treatments covered under the Workers’ Compensation
Insurance program where changes in regulations related Workers’ Compensation Insurance have provided us with an opportunity
to offer our MSK 360 Program as described above. Under the new regulation patients can choose to be treated in-clinic or through
dtPT. Until recently, patients nearly all choose in-clinic treatment. In response to this change we developed our MSK360 Program.
Competition
The
healthcare industry, including the physical therapy business, is highly competitive. The physical therapy business is highly fragmented
with no company having a significant market share nationally. We believe that we are first dtPT Company to offer real-time monitored
physical therapy assessments and treatments to large-scale employers.
The
global Telehealth Market is likely to expand considerably with impetus from the ability of telehealth to serve rural populations.
According to a report published on August 1, 2019 by Fortune Business Insights, titled “Telehealth Market: Global Market
Analysis, Insights, and Forecast, 2019-2026,” the market was valued at US$ 49.8 Billion in 2018. Based on this report, the
telehealth market will reach US$ 266.8 Billion by 2026.
Competitive
factors affecting our business include quality of care, cost, treatment outcomes, convenience of treatment programs offered, and
relationships with, and ability to meet the needs of, referral and payor sources. We compete, directly or indirectly, with many
types of healthcare providers including the physical therapy departments of hospitals, private therapy clinics, physician-owned
therapy clinics, and chiropractors. We may face more intense competition if consolidation of the therapy industry continues. We
believe that our new approach to physical therapy will lower patient treatment costs, expand patient treatment access and improve
patient compliance. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming clinical experience to an immediate in-home
PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments can be performed using our Platform accessible
via the Access Devices in the privacy of once home.
We
believe that our business model based on digital telehealth physical therapy resulting in potential strategic competitive advantage
We also believe that our competitive position is enhanced by our strategy by making physical therapy more easily accessible to
patients. We offer convenient hours for the PT assessments and treatments. Our dtPT Platform allows patients to avoid the time-consuming
clinical experience to an immediate in-home PT experience. We believe that approximately 80% of all PT assessments and treatments
can be performed using our Platform accessible via the Access Devices in the privacy of once home. We have identified, as direct
competitors, a number of privately held telemedicine and exercise platform companies as mentioned below:
Physera:
Physera provides direct access to world-class physical therapists with personalized exercises programs for convenient and low-cost
treatment of musculoskeletal pain. The Company has raised $10.8 million. Estimated revenues are less than $1 million in 2019.
Post money valuation is currently $50 million.
Reflexion
Health: Reflexion Health, Inc. develops and publishes a prescription software for medical professionals and their patients.
It offers a rehab measurement tool to track patient adherence for the prescribed rehab plan. The company was incorporated in 2012
and is based in San Diego, California. The Company has raised $29.8 million. Estimated revenues are just over $1.3 million in
2019. Post money valuation is currently $100 million.
Hinge
Health: Hinge Health focuses on musculoskeletal health. Hinge Health’s back and joint pain care pathways combine wearable
sensor-guided exercise therapy with behavioral change through 1-on-1 health coaching and education. The Company has raised $36.1
million. Estimated revenues are just over $1.6 million in 2019. Post money valuation is currently $500 million.
Peerwell:
PeerWell’s PreHab and ReHab app delivers customized daily lessons to those with scheduled surgery. The Company has raised
$9.1 million. Estimated revenues are under $2.5 million in 2019. Post money valuation is currently $50 million.
Force
Therapeutics: Force Therapeutics was founded in 2010 to transform the delivery of injury rehabilitation through web and mobile
applications. In addition to its smart platform for mobile and web content delivery, FORCE Therapeutics produces high definition,
evidenced based exercise videos for its applications. The Company has raised $25.7 million. Estimated revenues are under $1.6
million in 2019. Post money valuation is currently $100 million.
Respondwell:
Respondwell offers a tele-rehabilitation platform that enables healthcare service providers to connect, monitor, and collect data
about their patients. It provides its services for total joint replacement patients. Respondwell enables patients to access videos
of physical therapies that are conducted by virtual instructors. The platform offers in-product rewards to increase patient engagement.
It offers two online programs: Therapy@Home and Fitness@home. Estimated revenues are $5 million in 2019. The company is owned
by Zimmer Biomet NYSE: ZBH.
We
believe that none of the above direct competitors have real time patient monitoring, confirming patient adherence and compliance.
We also believe that none of these companies offers a MSK Program, nor the depth of video exercise content and or abilities to
monitor one-to-many-patient treatments as offered by our PHZIO Program.
Insurance/Reimbursement
Thus
far in the state of California our initial licensee has successfully gained reimbursement from Blue Cross, Blue Shield and CIGNA
insurance companies. The licensee receiver reimbursements that are equivalent to in-clinic patient reimbursements. For PT licensee
patients, whose insurance companies provide little or no reimbursement for Physical Therapy Telemedicine Reimbursement, they may
have higher co-payments for participating in the PHZIO program or be responsible to pay the full cost of such services.
Expansion
into other markets where telemedicine has high support. On December 20, 2013, we executed a 25-year licensing agreement with
a London, Ontario based telemedicine company Physical Relief Telemedicine Health Care Services (“PRTHCS”), pursuant
to which we granted PRTHCS a limited, transferable right to use and promote our PHZIO Program within the province of Ontario;
additional Canadian territories may be added at the parties’ mutual discretion. PRTHCS has a known track-record in the telemedicine
industry in Canada. To date PRTHCS has been unsuccessful in licensing our PHZIO platform to any Canadian based PT clinics.
Our
Planned Expansion into other States where Telemedicine has high support. The most common path being taken by states is
to cover telemedicine services in their Medicaid program. 42 states now provide some form of Medicaid reimbursement for telemedicine
services (mostly physician to physician consultations). More importantly 16 states have now expanded their definition of telemedicine
to include physical therapy and have also required that state and private insurance plans cover telemedicine services. Those 16
states with the broadest telemedicine policies include: Alaska, Georgia, Hawaii, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, Mississippi,
Missouri, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Virginia and Vermont.
Intellectual
Property and Licensing
With
adequate funding, we anticipate the patent protection and trademark protection associated with our technology platform and unique
physical therapy treatments. We have licensed our telemedicine platform from Bistromatics Inc., a company owned by our CTO, for
perpetuity for any telemedicine application in any market worldwide.
REGULATIONS
AND HEALTHCARE REFORM
Numerous
federal, state and local regulations regulate healthcare services and those who provide them. Some states into which we may expand
have laws requiring facilities employing health professionals and providing health-related services to be licensed and, in some
cases, to obtain a certificate of need (that is, demonstrating to a state regulatory authority the need for, and financial feasibility
of, new facilities or the commencement of new healthcare services). Only one of the states in which we intend to roll out our
services requires a certificate of need for the operation of our physical therapy business functions. Our therapists, however,
are required to be licensed, as determined by the state in which they provide services. Failure to obtain or maintain any required
certificates, approvals or licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
State
Legislation
Insurance
reimbursement for our PHZIO services is likely to improve in 2019 and beyond based upon current draft legislation in Congress
that seeks to significantly expand Medicare’s reimbursement for telemedicine services including for physical therapy. If
passed, this legislation would drive private healthcare insurers to also reimburse for physical therapy associated with telemedicine.
We have received authorization from the California State Board of Physical Therapy (“CSBPT”) that we could operate
our PHZIO platform and bill patients’ insurance within the Association’s rules in the state of California.
On
July 21, 2017, bill SB 291 (now P.L.2017, c.117) became effective in New Jersey. The law establishes coverage of telemedicine
and telehealth services, both under New Jersey Medicaid and commercial health insurance plans. The law does not explicitly impose
a payment parity requirement (i.e., mandating that reimbursement for telemedicine and telehealth services be equal to reimbursement
rates for identical in-person services). Instead the law sets the in-person reimbursement rate as the maximum ceiling for telemedicine
and telehealth reimbursement rates.
On
January 17, 2018 an amendment (“SB 1315”) to the New Jersey Physical Therapy Licensing Act of 1983 (“PT Licensing
Act”), became effective. This law expands the scope of practice of PTs to include identification of balance disorders; wound
debridement and care; utilization review; screening, examination, evaluation, and application of interventions for the promotion,
improvement, and maintenance of fitness, health, wellness, and prevention services in populations of all ages exclusively related
to physical therapy practice.
Stark
Law
Provisions
of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn) (the “Stark Law”) prohibit referrals by
a physician of “designated health services” which are payable, in whole or in part, by Medicare or Medicaid, to an
entity in which the physician or the physician’s immediate family member has an investment interest or other financial relationship,
subject to several exceptions. Unlike the Fraud and Abuse Law, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute. Proof of intent to
violate the Stark Law is not required. Physical therapy services are among the “designated health services”. Further,
the Stark Law has application to the Company’s management contracts with individual physicians and physician groups, as
well as, any other financial relationship between us and referring physicians, including any financial transaction resulting from
a clinic acquisition. The Stark Law also prohibits billing for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. Several states
have enacted laws like the Stark Law. These state laws may cover all (not just Medicare and Medicaid) patients. Many federal healthcare
reform proposals in the past few years have attempted to expand the Stark Law to cover all patients as well. As with the Fraud
and Abuse Law, we consider the Stark Law in planning our clinics, marketing and other activities, and believe that our operations
are in compliance with the Stark Law. If we violate the Stark Law, our financial results and operations could be adversely affected.
Penalties for violations include denial of payment for the services, significant civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from
the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
HIPAA
To
further combat healthcare fraud and protect patient confidentially, Congress included several anti-fraud measures in the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”). HIPAA created a source of funding for fraud control
to coordinate federal, state and local healthcare law enforcement programs, conduct investigations, provide guidance to the healthcare
industry concerning fraudulent healthcare practices, and establish a national data bank to receive and report final adverse actions.
HIPAA also criminalized certain forms of health fraud against all public and private insurers. Additionally, HIPAA mandates the
adoption of standards regarding the exchange of healthcare information to ensure the privacy and electronic security of patient
information and standards relating to the privacy of health information. Sanctions for failing to comply with HIPAA include criminal
penalties and civil sanctions. In February of 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was
signed into law. Title XIII of ARRA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”),
provided for substantial Medicare and Medicaid incentives for providers to adopt electronic health records (“EHRs”)
and grants for the development of health information exchange (“HIE”). Recognizing that HIE and EHR systems will not
be implemented unless the public can be assured that the privacy and security of patient information in such systems is protected,
HITECH also significantly expanded the scope of the privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Most notable are the new mandatory
breach notification requirements and a heightened enforcement scheme that includes increased penalties, and which now apply to
business associates as well as to covered entities. In addition to HIPAA, many states have adopted laws and/or regulations applicable
in the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information that can be more stringent than comparable provisions
under HIPAA.
We
believe that our current business operations are fully compliant with applicable standards for privacy and security of protected
healthcare information. We cannot predict what negative effect, if any, HIPAA/HITECH or any applicable state law or regulation
will have on our business.
Other
Regulatory Factors
Political,
economic and regulatory influences are fundamentally changing the healthcare industry in the United States. Congress, state legislatures
and the private sector continue to review and assess alternative healthcare delivery and payment systems. Based upon newly finalized
FDA rules, we believe that our PHZIO platform is exempt from Federal Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulation. Yet,
in the unlikely event that these rules change in the future, the FDA could then require us to seek 510K approvals for our on-line
services that could create delays in provisioning our PHZIO services. (See FDA ruling noted below) Also, potential alternative
approaches could include mandated basic healthcare benefits, controls on healthcare spending through limitations on the growth
of private health insurance premiums, the creation of large insurance purchasing groups, and price controls. Legislative debate
is expected to continue in the future and market forces are expected to demand only modest increases or reduced costs. For instance,
managed care entities are demanding lower reimbursement rates from healthcare providers and, in some cases, are requiring or encouraging
providers to accept capitated payments that may not allow providers to cover their full costs or realize traditional levels of
profitability. We cannot reasonably predict what impact the adoption of any federal or state healthcare reform measures or future
private sector reform may have on our business.
FDA
Ruling: Examples of Mobile App’s which it Intends to Exclude from Regulation
On
September 25, 2013, the FDA issued Finalized Guidance of medical mobile applications (“Apps”). The FDA has issued
a ruling on Apps that may meet the definition of a medical device, but they have determined that they will not exercise enforcement
on these Apps. The Guidance contains an appendix that provides examples of mobile apps that MAY meet the definition of medical
device but for which FDA intends to exercise enforcement discretion. These mobile apps may be intended for use in the diagnosis
of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease. Even though these mobile apps
may meet the definition of medical device, the FDA intends to exercise enforcement discretion for these mobile apps because they
pose lower risk to the public. The FDA understands that there may be other unique and innovative mobile apps that may not be covered
in this list that may also constitute healthcare related mobile apps. This list is not exhaustive; it is only intended to provide
clarity and assistance in identifying the mobile apps that will not be subject to regulatory requirements at this time. Based
on our understanding of the Guidance, although there can be no guarantee, we believe our PHZIO platform will not be subject to
regulatory requirements because such services seem to fall within the statutory examples.
Employees
At
the year ended December 31, 2019, we had 2 employees in the United States, approximately 7 employees through Bistromatics in Canada
and various consultants. We utilize the services of consultants for safety testing, regulatory and legal compliance and other
services.
Legal
Proceedings
In
June 2018, a settlement agreement was signed between the Company and holder of the note payable with the following terms for the
cancellation of the note payable, accrued interest and all warrants granted relating to the various notes:
1.
|
The
Company will issue 54,189 shares of commons stock that is immediately tradeable under Securities and Exchange Commission Rule
144, but subject to a daily trading limit of 25,000 shares per day;
|
2.
|
The
Company will issue 25,811 shares of common stock that shall be subject to a 180-day holding period and are also subject to
a daily trading limit of 25,000 shares per day;
|
3.
|
The
holder of the note payable shall bear all fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, associated with the transfer
and trading of the Company’s shares;
|
4.
|
Beyond
issuing the shares noted above, the Company shall not take any additional action that would cause the note holder to incur
tax consequence from the transfer or would affect the note holder’s tax consequences in any way.
|
The
Company issued the 80,000 shares of common stock on June 20, 2018. At December 31, 2018, the Company had no indebtedness to this
holder of the note payable of principal or accrued interest or exercisable warrants relating to the note.
Transfer
Agent
The
transfer agent of the Company’s common stock is VStock Transfer LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, (212) 828-8436.
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULT OF OPERATIONS
The
following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements
that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those set forth under “Risk Factors” in this
prospectus.
Reverse
Stock Split
Effective
December 19, 2019, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to affect a one-for-50 reverse stock split of the Company’s
Common stock (the “Reverse Split”) This reverse stock split was approved by FINRA on February 12, 2020 All share and
per share data have been retroactively restated in this report and in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes
to reflect the effects of the Reverse Split.
Overview
eWellness
has developed a unique telemedicine platform that offers Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Program (“PHZIO program”)
to pre-diabetic, cardiac and health challenged patients, through contracted physician practices and healthcare systems specifically
designed to help prevent patients that are pre-diabetic from becoming diabetic.
Results
of Operations of eWellness for the Twelve-month Periods Ended December 31, 2019 vs. 2018
REVENUES:
eWellness has reported $3,635 and $0 revenues from operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
OPERATING
EXPENSES: Total operating expenses increased to $4,304,842 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $3,695,069 for the year
ended December 31, 2018. The increase is a result of increases in the value of stock issued to directors, financing fees, travel
and meal expenses offset by a reduction of stock option expense.
NET
LOSS: The Company incurred a net loss of $9,460,785 for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared with a net loss of $4,451,462
for the year ended December 31, 2018, which reflects an increase of $5,009,323. The increase is primarily because of an increase
of general and administrative expenses (outlined above) of $336,006 increase in interest expense of $3,781,794 and increase in
loss on derivative liability of $541,715.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
As
of December 31, 2019, we had negative working capital of $6,937,847 compared to negative working capital of $4,006,081 as of December
31, 2018. The main portion of the negative working capital increase is because of an increase in convertible debt, net of discount,
and an increase in derivative liability. Cash flows provided by financing activities were $2,849,650 and $1,678,895 for the years
ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The increase in cash flows from financing activities was from the
issuance of convertible debt for cash. The cash balance as of December 31, 2019 was $240,722.
For
the year ended December 31, 2019, there was a negative cash flows from operations of $2,978,814 compared to a negative cash flows
from operations of $1,288,209 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This is primarily due to an increase in the net loss. We are
seeking financing in the form of equity capital to provide the necessary working capital. Our ability to meet our obligations
and continue to operate as a going concern is highly dependent on our ability to obtain additional financing. We cannot predict
whether this additional financing will be in the form of equity or debt or be in another form. We may not be able to obtain the
necessary additional capital on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. In any of these events, we may be unable to implement
our current plans which circumstances would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial conditions and
results of operations.
On
December 5, 2019, the Company had filed a Definitive Information Statement with the SEC (the “Information Statement”)
pursuant to which the Company, based upon the Joint Written Consent of our Board of Directors and Majority Consenting Stockholders,
authorized the Reverse Split on a ratio not to exceed a one-for-fifty (1:50) basis, which Reverse Split was to be initiated within
365 days from December 5, 2019. On December 12, 2019, our Board of Directors approved the one-for-fifty (1:50) Reverse Split and
filed the requisite application with FINRA. On February 12, 2020, FINRA approved the one-for-fifty (1:50) Reverse Split
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
There
are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition,
changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources
that is material to investors.
Critical
Accounting Estimates and Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Our
significant accounting policies are disclosed in Note 2 of our Audited Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report.
MANAGEMENT
Our
directors were elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his respective successors will have been
elected and will have qualified. The following table sets forth the name, age and position held with respect to our present executive
officers and directors:
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
Darwin
Fogt
|
|
43
|
|
President,
Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Board of Directors
|
David
Markowski
|
|
57
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer and Member of the Board of Directors
|
Douglas
MacLellan
|
|
64
|
|
Chairman
and Secretary
|
Curtis
Hollister
|
|
46
|
|
Chief
Technology Officer and Member of the Board of Directors
|
Douglas
Cole
|
|
64
|
|
Member
of the Board of Directors
|
Brandon
Rowberry
|
|
44
|
|
Member
of the Board of Directors
|
Rochelle
Pleskow
|
|
57
|
|
Member
of the Board of Directors
|
Darwin
Fogt, President, CEO & Director. Mr. Fogt has been CEO of eWellness Corporation since May 2013. From 2001 to
2018, he was founder, President and practicing therapist of Evolution Physical Therapy, Inc., a privately held company in Los
Angeles, CA providing sports and orthopedic physical therapy services. From 2008 to 2018, Mr. Fogt was also founder and President
of Bebe PT, a physical therapy practice specializing in perinatal rehabilitation and wellness. Additionally, from 2012 to 2018
Mr. Fogt was the founder and President of Evolution Fitness, a primarily cash-based fitness and rehabilitation center serving
high level athletes and clients in Culver City, CA. Mr. Fogt has consulted with and been published by numerous national publications
including Runner’s World, Men’s Health, Men’s Journal, and various Physical Therapy specific magazines; his
13 plus years of experience include rehabilitating the general population, as well as professional athletes, Olympic gold medalists,
and celebrities. Mr. Fogt earned his B.S. in Exercise Science from the University of Southern California in 1996 and his MPT (Master
of Physical Therapy) from California State University: Long Beach in 2001. He is currently working toward earning his DPT (Doctor
of Physical Therapy) degree.
David
Markowski, Chief Financial Officer & Director. Mr. Markowski has been CFO of eWellness Corporation since May 2013.
From October 1997 to October 2002 he was CEO and Co-Founder of GFNN, Inc. From 2002 to 2013 Mr. Markowski has maintained various
active roles within GFNN’s subsidiaries including Founder, Director and CEO positions. From October 2009 to December 2011,
he was the Director of Corporate Development for Visualant, Inc. From June 2003 to 2010 he was President of Angel Systems, Inc.
an independent consulting firm with competencies in strategic marketing and business development. From January 1998 to October
1998, Mr. Markowski served as the Vice President of Finance for Medcom USA, a NASDAQ listed company. Prior to that, he had a decade
of investment banking experience on Wall Street involved in financing start-ups and public Offerings. He is a business development
specialist with accolades in INC Magazine and others. Mr. Markowski obtained a BA degree in Marketing from Florida State University
in 1982.
Curtis
Hollister, Chief Technology Officer & Director. Mr. Hollister has been a founder and CTO of eWellness since May 2013.
From November 2008 to present he has been the founder and President of Social Pixels, a privately held Canadian company focused
on helping companies apply online media and digital campaigning. From November 2008 to present he has been the founder and President
of Ripplefire, a privately held Canadian company also specializing in the digital campaigning space. He is a global entrepreneur
and innovator known for his ability to identify and capitalize on industry trends. His high-profile projects include such clients
as Government of Canada, AT&T, Bell Canada, Microsoft, Nokia, Conversant IP and TD Bank. From 1998 to 2002 Mr. Hollister founded
and operated TeamCast.com, a technology spin-off focusing on peer-to-peer networking. From 1997 to 2002 Mr. Hollister founded
and operated Intrasoft Technologies, a technology start-up to capitalize on the emerging Intranet application market. From 1995
to 1997 Mr. Hollister founded and operated Intranet Technologies, the first successful Internet service provider in Ottawa, Canada’s
capital city. Mr. Hollister graduated from Center Hastings Secondary in 1991 and from 1991 to 1995 attended Carleton University
with a special focus on Economics.
Douglas
MacLellan, Chairman of the Board. Mr. MacLellan currently serves as Chairman of the Board of eWellness Healthcare Corporation
since May 2013. Mr. MacLellan is also an independent member of the board of directors of American Battery Metals Corporation (OTCQB:
ABML), a development stage battery metals recycling and mining company since October 2017 to the present. From November 2009 to
December 2017, Mr. MacLellan was an independent director of ChinaNet Online Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: CNET) a media development,
advertising and communications company. From June 2011 to present Mr. MacLellan has been Chairman of Innovare Products, Inc.,
a privately held company that develops innovative consumer products. From May 2014 to October 2016, Mr. MacLellan was a member
of the Board as an independent director of Jameson Stanford Resources Corporation (OTCBB: JMSN) an early stage mining company.
From September 1992 through April 2014, Mr. MacLellan was Chairman and chief executive officer at Radient Pharmaceuticals Corporation.
(OTCQB: RXPC.PK), a vertically integrated specialty pharmaceutical company. He also continues to serve as president and chief
executive officer for the MacLellan Group, an international financial advisory firm since 1992. From August 2005 to May 2009,
Mr. MacLellan was co-founder and vice chairman at Ocean Smart, Inc., a Canadian based aquaculture company. From February 2002
to September 2006, Mr. MacLellan served as chairman and cofounder at Broadband Access MarketSpace, Ltd., a China based IT advisory
firm, and was also co-founder at Datalex Corp., a software and IT company specializing in mainframe applications, from February
1997 to May 2002. Mr. MacLellan was educated at the University of Southern California in economics and international relations.
Douglas
Cole, Director. Mr. Cole has been a Director of the company since May 2014. Mr. Cole is also current Chairman & CEO
of American Battery Metal Corporation (OTCQB: ABML). From 2005 to the present, Mr. Cole has been a Partner overseeing all ongoing
deal activities with Objective Equity LLC, a boutique investment bank focused on the clean tech, mining and mineral sectors. From
2002 to 2005, Mr. Cole has played various executive roles as Executive Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of
TWL Corporation (TWLP.OB). From May 2000 to September 2005, he was also the Director of Lair of the Bear, The University of California
Family Camp located in Pinecrest, California. During the period between 1991 and 1998, he was the CEO of HealthSoft, and he also
founded and operated Great Bear Technology, which acquired Sony Image Soft and Starpress, then went public and eventually sold
to Graphix Zone. In 1995 Mr. Cole was honored by NEA, a leading venture capital firm, as CEO of the year for his work in the Starpress
integration. Since 1982 he has been very active with the University of California, Berkeley mentoring early-stage technology companies.
Mr. Cole obtained his BA in Social Sciences from UC Berkeley in 1978.
Brandon
Rowberry, Director. Mr. Rowberry has been a Director since June 2014. He is a well-known healthcare innovation executive.
From 2010 to 201, he drove enterprise-wide Innovation/Venturing for United Health Group where in 2012 they were awarded the prestigious
PDMA Outstanding Corporate Innovation Award. From 2012 to present, he has also been Managing Director of 7R Ventures an investment
and advisory firm. From 2005 to 2009, he was Director of Strategy & Innovation at Circuit City. From 2001 to 2005, he was
a Sr. Corporate Consultant focusing on Organizational Development and Innovation at Hallmark. From 2000 to 2001, he was a Manager
of Organizational Development & Innovation at Honeywell. Mr. Rowberry has also been a frequent corporate innovation guest
speaker on NBC, FOX, ABC. Mr. Rowberry obtained his Master of Organizational Behavior from Marriott School of Business, BYU in
2000.
Rochelle
Pleskow, Director. From 2010 through 2014, Ms. Pleskow served as the Chief Healthcare Information Officer for Hewlett
Packard. She developed the framework of healthcare analytics platform, which encompasses quality improvement, outcomes analysis,
patient safety, operational analytics, clinical informatics, physician performance, and regulatory compliance monitoring for health
plans, hospitals and physicians. From 2008 through 2010, she acted as a senior consultant to various companies on healthcare policy
and procedures including acting as an advisor for ASP model start-up, whose business included a HIPAA/HL7 and PCI compliant processing
tool, which verifies a patient’s insurance coverage, accurately calculates out-of-pocket costs, and processes payments in
one system and at the time of service. This model improves revenue cycle management as it accelerates the collection of patient
payments. From 2007 through 2008, she was Director of business Architecture for Blue Shield of California, where she developed
the business framework and core elements of a large-scale IT systems implementation to increase competitive advantage for Blue
Shield of California. Re-engineered core business processes in Health Services Division to modernize the technology.
Director
Qualifications
We
seek directors with established strong professional reputations and experience in areas relevant to the strategy and operations
of our businesses. We also seek directors who possess the qualities of integrity and candor, who have strong analytical skills
and who are willing to engage management and each other in a constructive and collaborative fashion, in addition to the ability
and commitment to devote time and energy to service on the Board and its committees, as necessary. We believe that all our directors
meet the foregoing qualifications.
The
Board believes that the leadership skills and other experience of the Board members described below, in addition to each person’s
experience set forth above in their respective biographies, provide the Company with a range of perspectives and judgment necessary
to guide our strategies and monitor our executives’ business execution.
Darwin
Fogt. Mr. Fogt is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving as a PT for over 12 years and has built three successful
physical therapy practices. Mr. Fogt has contributed to the Board’s strong leadership and vision for the development of
the Company’s innovative business model.
Douglas
MacLellan. Mr. MacLellan is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving as an officer and/or director of various advance
technology and high growth companies over the past 20 years. Mr. MacLellan has contributed to the Board’s strong leadership
and vision for the development of the Company’s innovative business model.
Curtis
Hollister. Mr. Hollister is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving in senior management positions in various advance
technology, software and video content business over the past 20 years. He holds a wealth of experience in software development,
video content management and network technology.
David
Markowski. Mr. Markowski is a co-founder of the Company and has been serving in senior management positions in various companies
over the past 20 years, with an emphasis on corporate finance, accounting, audit, financial modeling and marketing. He holds a
wealth of experience in company management skills.
Doug
Cole. Mr. Cole is an international business executive with over 20 years of active management and board roles in various software,
educational and technology public and private companies.
Brandon
Rowberry. Mr. Rowberry has held over 15 years in senior management positions as an innovation expert in various advance technology
and healthcare industries. He is anticipated to greatly expand our industry relationships within healthcare insurers and the telemedicine
industry.
Rochelle
Pleskow. Ms. Pleskow holds a vast knowledge base on healthcare informatics and the scaling of various technology implementations
at selected large-scale technology and healthcare companies and is anticipated to be a good addition to its board of directors
as the Company implements its anticipated white label program to physical therapy clinics through the U.S. marketplace.
Involvement
in Certain Legal Proceedings
To
the best of the Company’s knowledge, none of the following events occurred during the past ten years that are material to
an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our executive officers, directors or promoters:
(1)
A petition under the Federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent
or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was a
general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he
was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;
(2)
Convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other
minor offenses);
(3)
Subject of any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction,
permanently or temporarily enjoining him from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities:
(i)
Acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker,
leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an associated person
of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person,
director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing
any conduct or practice in connection with such activity;
(ii)
Engaging in any type of business practice; or
(iii)
Engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation
of Federal or State securities laws or Federal commodities laws;
(4)
Subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any Federal or State authority barring,
suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in paragraph
(3)(i) above, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;
(5)
Found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commission to have violated any Federal or State securities
law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated;
(6)
Found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any
Federal commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has not
been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;
(7)
Subject of, or a party to, any Federal or State judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently
reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of:
(i)
Any Federal or State securities or commodities law or regulation; or
(ii)
Any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent
injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal
or prohibition order; or
(iii)
Any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
(8)
Subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization,
any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange,
association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.
Promoters
and Certain Control Persons
In
light of the efforts and services they provided to the Private Co. prior to the Share Exchange, we believe that Douglas MacLellan
and Darwin Fogt may be deemed “promoters” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), since they took
the initiative in the formation of our business and received 10% of our equity securities in exchange for the contribution of
property or services, during the last five years. In addition, Gregg C. E. Johnson may be deemed a “promoter” of the
Company as a result of his receipt of shares of our common stock at the time of completion of the Share Exchange.
Corporate
Governance and Director Independence
Presently,
we are not currently listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system and therefore are not required
to comply with the director independence requirements of any securities exchange. In determining whether our directors are independent,
however, we intend to comply with the rules of NASDAQ. The board of directors will also consult with counsel to ensure that the
boards of director’s determinations are consistent with those rules and all relevant securities and other laws and regulations
regarding the independence of directors, including those adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to the independence
of audit committee members. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) defines an “independent director” generally as a person
other than an Executive Officer or employee of the Company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion
of the Company’s board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities
of a director. Our Board of Directors has determined that Douglas Cole, Mr. Rowberry and Ms. Pleskow would qualify as “independent”
as that term is defined by Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2). Further, Mr. Cole qualifies as “independent” under Nasdaq
Listing Rules applicable to board committees.
Due
to our lack of operations and size prior to the Share Exchange, we did not have an Audit Committee. For these same reasons, we
did not have any other separate committees prior to the Share Exchange; all functions of a nominating committee, audit committee
and compensation committee were performed by our sole director. Although, as stated above, we are not the subject of any listing
requirements, in connection with the Share Exchange, our Board of Directors established several committees to assist it in carrying
out its duties. In particular, committees shall work on key issues in greater detail than would be practical at a meeting of all
the members of the Board of Directors; each committee reviews the results of its deliberations with the full Board of Directors.
The
standing committees of the Board of Directors currently consist of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee. Current copies of the charters for the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Ethics and Business Conduct,
may be found on our website at www.ewellnesshealth.com, under the heading “Corporate Information—Governance
Documents.” Printed versions also are available to any stockholder who requests them by writing to our corporate Secretary
at our corporate address. Our Board of Directors may, from time to time, establish certain other committees to facilitate our
management.
The
Board will consider appointing members to each of the Committees when enough independent directors are appointed to the Board
or as otherwise determined by the Board. Until such time, the full board of directors will undertake the duties of the audit committee,
compensation committee and nominating committee.
Compliance
with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section
16(a) of the Exchange Act, as amended, requires that our directors, executive officers and persons who own more than 10% of a
class of our equity securities that are registered under the Exchange Act to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and
reports of changes of ownership of such registered securities.
Based
solely upon a review of information furnished to the Company, to the Company’s knowledge, during the fiscal year ended December
31, 2017, all such forms were filed.
EXECUTIVE
AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
For
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we did not pay any compensation to our executive officers, nor did any other
person receive a total annual salary and bonus exceeding $100,000.
Following
the closing of the Share Exchange dated April 11, 2014, which was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed
with the SEC April 14, 2014, we have not adopted any formal employment salary arrangement with any of our new officers. However,
the Board determined that the following salaries shall be recorded and accrued on a monthly basis as contributed capital
and compensation for the following individuals for the services they provide to us:
After
1-1-14, but before profitability
Monthly
|
|
Recognized
|
|
|
Contributed
|
|
|
Compensated
|
|
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
|
$
|
11,000
|
|
|
$
|
9,000
|
|
Darwin Fogt, CEO/President
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
|
$
|
7,000
|
|
|
$
|
7,000
|
|
David Markowski, CFO
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
|
$
|
7,000
|
|
|
$
|
7,000
|
|
Curtis Hollister, CTO
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
|
$
|
7,000
|
|
|
$
|
7,000
|
|
At
profitability and after
Monthly
|
|
Recognized
|
|
|
Contributed
|
|
|
Compensated
|
|
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
Darwin Fogt, CEO/President
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
David Markowski, CFO
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
Curtis Hollister, CTO
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
All
of our current officers have agreed to defer their compensation, which compensation has been accrued, until such time as we are
cash flow positive; therefore, none of our officers have received any compensation as of the date of this Registration Statement.
No retirement, pension, profit sharing or insurance programs or other similar programs have been adopted by the Company for the
benefit of the Company’s employees. The Company has adopted a stock option plan for officers, directors and consultants.
Director’s
Compensation
There
is no formal or informal arrangements or agreements to compensate employee directors for service provided as a director; however,
compensation for new non-employee directors is determined on an ad hoc basis by the existing members of the board of directors
at the time a director is elected. The Company is accruing $2,000 per month for the non-employee directors. They are entitled
to receive reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses
Compensation
Policies and Practices as They Relate to the Company’s Risk Management
We
believe that our compensation policies and practices for all employees, including executive officers, do not create risks that
are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.
Employment
Contracts
We
do not have any formal employment agreement with any of the officers. Any future compensation will be determined by the Board
of Directors, and, as appropriate, an employment agreement will be executed.
Outstanding
Equity Awards
There
were no equity awards outstanding as of the end the year ended December 31, 2019.
Option
Grants
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, there were no options granted.
Aggregated
Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Value
There
were no stock options exercised during the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2018 by our executive officers. During the year
ending December 31, 2018, 343,000 options granted to officers, directors and specific consultants in 2016 expired.
Long-Term
Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) Awards
There
were no awards made to any named executive officers in the last completed fiscal year under any LTIP.
RELATED
PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Certain
Related Party Transactions
Other
than the relationships and transactions discussed below, we are not a party to, nor are we proposed to be a party, to any transaction
during the last fiscal year involving an amount exceeding $120,000 and in which a related person, as such term is defined by Item
404 of Regulation S-K, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Programming
Agreement:
On
November 11, 2016, the Company signed an agreement with a programming company (“PC”) within which the one of the Company’s
directors and Chief Technical Officer is the Chief Marketing Officer. The agreement is for additional features to be programmed
for the launch of the PHIZIO platform. The contract specifies that the Company’s CEO and CTO will retain their officer and
director positions and retain their past due accrued compensation through June 30, 2016. The Company is to pay a monthly base
fee of $100,000 for the development and compensation for the Company’s CEO and CTO. Following payment of the initial $100,000,
the Company is obligated to only pay $50,000 monthly until the PC has successfully signed and collected the first monthly service
fee for 100 physical therapy clinics to use the PHIZIO platform. The agreement establishes that the Company is indebted to the
PC for $225,000 for past programming services. The PC will also have the right to appoint 40% of the directors. At the end of
December 31, 2019, the Company had a payable of $582,832 due to this company.
Office
Space: For the first nine months of the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company rented office space from a company formerly
owned by our CEO. The imputed rent expense of $500 per month for nine months is recorded in the Statement of Operations and Additional
Paid in Capital in the Balance Sheet. From the end of September 2018, the Company has rented other office space from a third-party
provider.
Indebtedness
of Management
No
officer, director or security holder known to us beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common stock or any member of the immediate
family or sharing the household (other than a tenant or employee) of any of the foregoing persons is indebted to us in the years
2018 and 2017.
Review,
Approval and Ratification of Related Party Transactions
Our
Board of Directors conducts an appropriate review of and oversees all related-party transactions. We have not yet adopted formal
standards in respect of the review and approval or ratification of related-party transactions; however, our board has conformed
to the following standards: (i) all related-party transactions must be fair and reasonable to us and on terms comparable to those
reasonably expected to be agreed to with independent third parties for the same goods and/or services at the time authorized by
the board; and (ii) all related-party transactions must be authorized, approved or ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the directors who have no interest, either directly or indirectly, in any such related party transaction.
PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS.
The
following table lists the number of shares of Common stock and shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock of our Company as of
January 24, 2020, that are beneficially owned by (i) each person or entity known to our Company to be the beneficial owner of
more than 5% of the outstanding Common stock; (ii) each officer and director of our Company; and (iii) all officers and directors
as a group. The table also includes Information relating to beneficial ownership of Common stock by our principal stockholders
and management is based upon information furnished by each person using “beneficial ownership” concepts under the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security
if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of the security, or investment
power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of the security. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner
of any security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within sixty (60) days. Under the rules of the
SEC, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial
owner of securities as to which he/she may not have any pecuniary beneficial interest. Except as noted below, each person has
sole voting and investment power.
The
business address of each beneficial owner listed is in care of the Company at 333 Las Olas Way, Suite 100, Ft. Lauderdale, FL
33301 unless otherwise noted. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with
respect to all shares of our Common stock owned by them, except to the extent that power may be shared with a spouse.
As
of March 20, 2020, we had 467,038,350 shares of Common stock and 250,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock issued and
outstanding.
Name of Beneficial Owner (1)
|
|
Common stock Beneficially Owned (1)
|
|
|
Percentage of Common stock Owned (1)
|
|
|
Shares of Series A Preferred Stock Held (2)
|
|
|
Percentage of Series A Preferred Held
|
|
|
Number and Percentage of Total Voting Shares
|
|
Darwin Fogt, CEO and President
|
|
|
148,000
|
|
|
|
.04
|
%
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
28,147,929 or 10.96
|
%
|
Douglas MacLellan, Chairman
|
|
|
155,000
|
|
|
|
.04
|
%
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
28,154,929 or 11.07
|
%
|
David Markowski, CFO
|
|
|
62,000
|
|
|
|
.02
|
%
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
28,061,929 or 9.63
|
%
|
Curtis Hollister, CTO
|
|
|
534,958
|
|
|
|
.12
|
%
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
28,534,887 or 16.95
|
%
|
Brandon Rowberry, Director
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
.01
|
%
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
4,127,637 or 1.43
|
%
|
Doug Cole, Director
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
.01
|
%
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
12,368,910 or 4.07
|
%
|
Rochelle Pleskow, Director
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
.01
|
%
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
4,123,637 or 1.37
|
%
|
Director and Officer (5 people)
|
|
|
931,958
|
|
|
|
.25
|
%
|
|
|
805,000
|
|
|
|
80.5
|
%
|
|
133,519,858 or 55,48
|
|
|
(1)
|
Applicable
percentage ownership is based on 467,038,350 shares of Common stock outstanding as of March 20, 2020. Beneficial ownership
is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment
power with respect to securities. Shares of Common stock that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of November
25, 2019 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the person holding such securities for the purpose of computing the percentage
of ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any
other person.
|
|
(2)
|
The
1,000,0000 shares of Series A Preferred Shares have the right to vote in the aggregate, on all shareholder matters votes equal
to 51% of the total shareholder vote on any and all shareholder matters. The Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to
this 51% voting right, representing at present 3,294,109 votes based on the 6,459,038 shares of Common stock outstanding,
no matter how many shares of Common stock or other voting stock of the Company’s stock are issued and outstanding in
the future.
|
Description
of our SECURITIES
General
The
following description summarizes the most important terms of our securities. This summary does not purport to be complete and
is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Designations of the Series
A Voting Preferred Stock, (the “Series A Preferred Stock or “Series A” Preferred), the Certificate of Designations
of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”), and our Bylaws, as amended, copies of which have been
filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You should refer to our Certificate of Incorporation,
including the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, our Bylaws, and the applicable provisions of the Nevada Revised Statute
(the “NRS”) for a complete description of our capital stock. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 20,000,000,000
shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share,
of which 1,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Preferred and 2,000,000 shares have been designated Series B Preferred.
Reference is made to the Series B Certificate of Designation, attached as Exhibit 10.30 hereto.
As
of March 20, 2020, there were 467,038,350 shares
of our common stock outstanding and 7,857,307,733 shares reserved for issuance pursuant to
outstanding convertible notes; and 30,000,000 shares reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding grants under the 2018 Employee
Incentive Plan. Our Company is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of authorized but unissued
capital stock.
Common
stock
Dividend
Rights
Subject
to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled
to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our Board, in its discretion, determines to declare and pay dividends and
then only at the times and in the amounts that our Board may determine.
Voting
Rights
Holders
of our Common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters properly submitted to a vote of stockholders on
which holders of common stock are entitled to vote. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in
our Certificate of Incorporation. The directors are elected by a plurality of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the election
of directors. On all other
No
Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our
Common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right
to Receive Liquidation Distributions
If
we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders
would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that
time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of
liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Preferred
Stock
Our
Board is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the NRS, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish
from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights
of the shares of each Series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or
action by our stockholders. Our Board can also increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or
decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, without
any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our Board may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion
rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock or other series of preferred
stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control of
our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of
our common stock.
Series
A Preferred Shares
Amount
and Designation
The
designation of this series, the authorized amount of which consists of one million (1,000,000) shares of Series A Preferred Voting
Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).
Rank.
The
Series A Preferred Stock shall rank senior to the Corporation’s common stock but junior to any class or series of the Corporation’s
preferred stock hereafter created or its presently authorized and issued shares.
Voting
Rights.
Except
as otherwise provided herein or by law and in addition to any right to vote as a separate class as provided by law, the holder
of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers on all matters subject to a vote by the holders of the
Corporation’s common stock and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of
the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock or holders of
any other class or series of voting capital stock having the right to vote, including, without limitation, the right to vote for
the election of directors, voting together with the holders of common stock or holders of any other class or series of voting
capital stock having the right to vote, as one class. For so long as Series A Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, the holders
of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class with the holders of the Corporation’s common stock and
the holders of any other class or series of shares entitled to vote with the common stock (collectively, the “Voting Capital
Stock”), with the holders of Series A Preferred Stock being entitled to fifty-one percent (51%) of the total votes on all
such matters regardless of the actual number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, and the holders of Voting
Capital Stock and any other shares entitled to vote being entitled to their proportional share of the remaining 49% of the total
votes based on their respective voting power.
Dividends.
Unless
otherwise declared from time to time by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available thereof, the holders of shares
of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends.
No
Preemptive or Conversion Rights.
Holders
of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled, as a matter of right, to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any
stock of the Corporation of any class whatsoever, or of securities convertible into or exchangeable for any stock of any class
whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized and whether issued for cash or other consideration or by way of dividend by virtue
of the Series A Preferred Stock nor shall the shares of Series A Preferred Stock be convertible into shares of the Corporation’s
common stock.
Liquidation
Rights.
The
holder or holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any distributions in the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.
Other
Rights and Limitations of Series A Preferred Stock.
A.
The holders of Series A Preferred Stock (“Holders”), in addition to the Voting Rights set forth in Section 3 above,
shall: (i) have limited conversion rights (the “Limited Conversion Rights”) to convert the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock into forty (40) shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.001 (the “common stock” or Conversion
Shares”), commencing on a date twenty-four (24) months from the initial date of issuance (the “Issuance Date”)
subject to the Holder continuing to serve as an officer, director or key employee of the Corporation for twenty-four (24) months
after the Issuance Date. If the Holder shall cease serving as an officer, director or key employee of the Corporation prior to
the expiration of twenty-four (24) months after the Issuance Date, other than as a result of the death or permanent disability
of the Holder, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed not fully-vested and the Holder’s Limited Conversion
Rights shall be convertible into Conversion Shares based upon 1/24th of Holder’s total number of shares of Series
A Preferred Stock for each month of service to the Corporation and all other rights, including Voting Rights and Conversion Rights
shall cease and be deemed null and void.
B.
With respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued in the name of a Holder who ceases serving as an officer, director or
key employee of the Corporation as a result of the death or permanent disability of such Holder, such Holder’s shares of
Series A Voting Preferred Stock that the shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall not be transferred or assigned by any
Holder other than upon the death of a Holder and any such transfer shall occur by devise,
descent, or by operation of law to one or more immediate family members of such Holder or to a trust or family conservatorship
established for the benefit of such immediate family members (each a “Beneficiary”), provided that the Beneficiary
agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Certificate of Designation.
C.
The shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock
transferred to a Beneficiary shall cease to have Voting Rights set forth in Section 3 above but, notwithstanding the foregoing,
for a period of twelve (12) months after the subject shares shall have been transferred to the Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall
have the right to convert the shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock into forty (40) Conversion Shares; and
Transfer
Restrictions; Legend.
The
shares of Series A Preferred Stock being issued to the Holders are not transferable.
Amendments.
The
Corporation may amend this Certificate of Designation only with the approving vote of holders of a majority of the then-outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
Issuance
of Undesignated Preferred Stock.
Our
Board has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred
stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our Board. As of the date of this
prospectus, there are 250,000 Series A Preferred Shares outstanding and we are Offering up to 2,000,000 shares Series B Preferred
which on a share-for-share basis reduces the 19,000,000 authorized shares. Our Series B Preferred are being issued under this
authority. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our Board to render more difficult
or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
VStock
Transfer LLC will act as the registrar, transfer agent and dividend and redemption price disbursing agent in respect of the Series
B Preferred. The principal business address of VStock Transfer LLC is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, (212) 828-8436.
Description
of OFFERED SECURITIES
The
following description summarizes the most important terms of the Units, the Series B Preferred, the Warrants, and the NRS. This
summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation,
Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred, our Bylaws, and the form of Warrant, copies of which have been filed as
exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Units
Each
Unit offered hereby consists of (i) one share of Series B Preferred and (ii) five Warrants, each exercisable for a period of five
years from the date of issuance to purchase one additional share of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00, on a post-Reverse
Split basis, subject to adjustment as disclosed under “Warrants” below. The Units will not be certificated and the
shares of Series B Preferred and the Warrants offered as part of such Units are immediately separable and will be issued separately
in this Offering.
Series
B Preferred
General
We
are currently authorized to designate and issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one
or more classes or Series and, subject to the limitations prescribed by our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and the NRS, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of each class or series of preferred stock, including
dividend rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or
Series our Board may determine, without any vote or action by our stockholders. As of the date of this prospectus, we had 250,000
shares of the Series A issued and outstanding, and an additional 2,000,000 authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred.
The
Series B Preferred offered hereby will be fully paid and nonassessable. Our Board may, without the approval of holders of the
Series B Preferred or our common stock, designate additional series of authorized preferred stock ranking junior to or on parity
with the Series B Preferred and authorize the issuance of such shares. Designation of preferred stock ranking senior to the Series
B Preferred will require approval of the holders of Series B Preferred, as described below in “Voting Rights.”
No
Maturity, Sinking Fund or Mandatory Redemption
The
Series B Preferred has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption. Shares of the Series
B Preferred will remain outstanding indefinitely unless we decide to redeem or otherwise repurchase them. We are not required
to set aside funds to redeem the Series B Preferred.
Ranking
The
Series B Preferred will rank, with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up:
|
(1)
|
senior
to all classes or series of our common stock (except where common stockholders have contractual rights and preferences described
in paragraph (2) below) and to all other equity securities issued by us other than equity securities referred to in paragraph
(3) below;
|
|
(2)
|
junior to the previously
designated Series A;
|
|
(3)
|
junior to future
equity securities issued by us with terms specifically providing that those equity securities rank senior to the Series B
Preferred with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution
or winding up (See “Voting Rights” below);
|
|
(4)
|
effectively junior
to all of our existing and future indebtedness (including indebtedness convertible to our common stock or preferred stock).
|
Dividends
Holders
of shares of Series B Preferred are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of funds of the Company legally
available for the payment of dividends, cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 13% of the Stated Value of $25 per share per
annum (equivalent to $3.25 per annum per share). Plan of Distribution – Escrow Agreement.” Dividends on the Series
B Preferred are be payable monthly on the 15th day of each month; provided that if any dividend payment date is not
a business day, as defined in the Certificate of Designations, then the dividend that would otherwise have been payable on that
dividend payment date may be paid on the next succeeding business day and no interest, additional dividends or other sums will
accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after that dividend payment date to that next succeeding business day.
Any dividend payable on the Series B Preferred, including dividends payable for any partial dividend period, will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. However, the shares of Series B Preferred offered hereby will
be credited as having accrued dividends since the first day of the calendar month in which they are issued. Dividends will be
payable to holders of record as they appear in our stock records for the Series B Preferred at the close of business on the applicable
Dividend Record Date, which shall be the last day of the calendar month, whether or not a business day, immediately preceding
the month in which the applicable dividend payment date falls. As a result, holders of shares of Series B Preferred will not be
entitled to receive dividends on a dividend payment date if such shares were not issued and outstanding on the applicable Dividend
Record Date.
No
dividends on shares of Series B Preferred shall be authorized by our Board or paid or set apart for payment by us at any time
when the terms and provisions of any agreement of ours, including any agreement relating to our indebtedness, prohibit the authorization,
payment or setting apart for payment thereof or provide that the authorization, payment or setting apart for payment thereof would
constitute a breach of the agreement or a default under the agreement, or if the authorization, payment or setting apart for payment
shall be restricted or prohibited by law. You should review the information appearing above under “Risk Factors—We
may not be able to pay dividends on the Series B Preferred” for information as to, among other things, other circumstances
under which we may be unable to pay dividends on the Series B Preferred.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, dividends on the Series B Preferred will accrue whether or not we have earnings, whether or not there are funds
legally available for the payment of those dividends and whether or not those dividends are declared by our Board. No interest,
or sum in lieu of interest, will be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on the Series B Preferred that may
be in arrears, and holders of the Series B Preferred will not be entitled to any dividends in excess of full cumulative dividends
described above. Any dividend payment made on the Series B Preferred shall first be credited against the earliest accumulated
but unpaid dividend due with respect to those shares.
Future
distributions on our common stock and preferred stock, including the Series B Preferred will be at the discretion of our Board
and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash flow from operations, financial condition and capital
requirements, any debt service requirements and any other factors our Board deems relevant. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that
we will be able to make cash distributions on our preferred stock or what the actual distributions will be for any future period.
Unless
full cumulative dividends on all shares of Series B Preferred have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared
and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been or contemporaneously is set apart for payment for all past dividend periods,
no dividends (other than in shares of common stock or in shares of any series of preferred stock that we may issue ranking junior
to the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
up) shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment upon shares of our common stock or preferred stock that we may issue ranking
junior to, or on a parity with, the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up. Nor shall any other distribution be declared or made on shares of our common stock or preferred stock
that we may issue ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution
of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Also, any shares of our common stock or preferred stock that we may issue
ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall not be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys
paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such shares) by us (except by conversion into or exchange
for our other capital stock that we may issue ranking junior to the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the
distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up).
When
dividends are not paid in full (or a sum sufficient for such full payment is not so set apart) upon the Series B Preferred and
the shares of any other series of preferred stock that we may issue ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with the
Series B Preferred, all dividends declared on the Series B Preferred and any other series of preferred stock that we may issue
ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with the Series B Preferred shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of
dividends declared per share of Series B Preferred and such other series of preferred stock that we may issue shall in all cases
bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per share on the Series B Preferred and such other series of preferred
stock that we may issue (which shall not include any accrual in respect of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods if such
preferred stock does not have a cumulative dividend) bear to each other. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall
be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on the Series B Preferred that may be in arrears.
Liquidation
Preference
In
the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred
will be entitled to be paid out of the assets we have legally available for distribution to our stockholders, subject to the preferential
rights of the holders of Series D, Series E and Series F, the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series D, Series
E and Series F, and any class or series of our capital stock we may issue ranking senior to the Series B Preferred with respect
to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, a liquidation preference of $25 per share, plus an
amount equal to any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the date of payment, before any distribution of assets
is made to holders of our common stock or any other class or series of our capital stock we may issue that ranks junior to the
Series B Preferred as to liquidation rights.
In
the event that, upon any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, our available assets are insufficient
to pay the amount of the liquidating distributions on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred and the corresponding amounts
payable on all shares of other classes or series of our capital stock that we may issue ranking on a parity with the Series B
Preferred in the distribution of assets, then the holders of the Series B Preferred and all other such classes or series of capital
stock shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full liquidating distributions to which they
would otherwise be respectively entitled.
Holders
of Series B Preferred will be entitled to written notice of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of no fewer than 30
days and no more than 60 days prior to the payment date. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distributions to
which they are entitled, the holders of Series B Preferred will have no right or claim to any of our remaining assets. The consolidation
or merger of us with or into any other corporation, trust or entity or of any other entity with or into us, or the sale, lease,
transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of our property or business, shall not be deemed a liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of us (although such events may give rise to the special optional redemption to the extent described below).
Redemption
The
Series B Preferred is not redeemable by us prior to the three-year anniversary of the date of first issuance of each respective
share, except upon a change of control.
On
and after the three year anniversary of the date of each issuance, we may, at our option and upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ written notice, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, for cash
at a redemption price of $25 per share, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to, but not including, the date fixed
for redemption.
Upon
the occurrence of a change of control, whether before or after the three year anniversary of the date of the first issuance, we
may, at our option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ written notice, redeem the Series B Preferred, in whole
or in part, within 120 days after notice of such Change of Control, for cash at a redemption price of $25 per share, plus any
accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to, but not including, the redemption date.
A
“Change of Control” is deemed to occur when any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a “person”
under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other
acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions shall have acquired our stock entitling
that person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of
our directors (except that such person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition).
Redemption
Procedures
In
the event we elect to redeem Series B Preferred, the notice of redemption will be mailed to each holder of record of the Series
B Preferred called for redemption at such holder’s address as it appear on our stock transfer records, not less than 30
nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, and will state the following:
●
|
the redemption date;
|
●
|
the number of shares
of Series B Preferred to be redeemed;
|
●
|
the redemption price
of $25 per share plus any accrued but unpaid dividends;
|
●
|
the place or places
where certificates (if any) for the Series B Preferred are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price;
|
●
|
that dividends on
the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date;
|
●
|
if applicable, that
such redemption is being made in connection with a Change of Control and, in that case, a brief description of the transaction
or transactions constituting such Change of Control.
|
If
less than all of the Series B Preferred held by any holder are to be redeemed, the notice mailed to such holder shall also specify
the number of shares of Series B Preferred held by such holder to be redeemed. No failure to give such notice or any defect thereto
or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred
except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given.
Holders
of Series B Preferred to be redeemed shall surrender the Series B Preferred at the place designated in the notice of redemption
and shall be entitled to the redemption price and any accumulated and unpaid dividends payable upon the redemption following the
surrender. If notice of redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred has been given and if we have irrevocably set aside the
funds necessary for redemption in trust for the benefit of the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred so called for redemption,
then from and after the redemption date (unless default shall be made by us in providing for the payment of the redemption price
plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any), dividends will cease to accrue on those shares of Series B Preferred, those shares
of Series B Preferred shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of those shares will terminate, except
the right to receive the redemption price plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, payable upon redemption. If any redemption
date is not a business day, then the redemption price and accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, payable upon redemption may
be paid on the next business day and no interest, additional dividends or other sums will accrue on the amount payable for the
period from and after that redemption date to that next business day. If less than all of the outstanding Series B Preferred is
to be redeemed, the Series B Preferred to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata (as nearly as may be practicable without creating
fractional shares) or by any other equitable method we determine.
In
connection with any redemption of Series B Preferred, we shall pay, in cash, any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not
including, the redemption date, unless a redemption date falls after a Dividend Record Date and prior to the corresponding dividend
payment date, in which case each holder of Series B Preferred at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date shall be entitled
to the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date notwithstanding the redemption of such shares
before such dividend payment date. Except as provided above, we will make no payment or allowance for unpaid dividends, whether
or not in arrears, on shares of the Series B Preferred to be redeemed.
Unless
full cumulative dividends on all shares of Series B Preferred have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared
and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been or contemporaneously is set apart for payment for all past dividend periods,
no shares of Series B Preferred shall be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred are simultaneously redeemed
and we shall not purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any shares of Series B Preferred (except by exchanging it
for our capital stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred as to the payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase or acquisition by
us of shares of Series B Preferred pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to holders of all outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred.
Subject
to applicable law, we may purchase shares of Series B Preferred in the open market, by tender or by private agreement. Any shares
of Series B Preferred that we acquire may be retired and reclassified as authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without
designation as to class or series, and may thereafter be reissued as any class or series of preferred stock.
Voting
Rights
Holders
of the Series B Preferred do not have any voting rights, except as set forth below or as otherwise required by the NRS.
On
each matter on which holders of Series B Preferred are entitled to vote, each share of Series B Preferred will be entitled to
one vote.
So
long as any shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding, we will not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders
of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Series B Preferred outstanding at the time, given
in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting together as a class with all other series of parity preferred
stock that we may issue upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable), (a) authorize or create, or increase
the authorized or issued amount of, any class or series of capital stock ranking senior to the Series B Preferred with respect
to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up or reclassify any of our authorized
capital stock into such shares, or create, authorize or issue any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right
to purchase any such shares; or (b) amend, alter, repeal or replace our amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation, including
by way of a merger, consolidation or otherwise in which we may or may not be the surviving entity, so as to materially and adversely
affect and deprive holders of Series B Preferred of any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series B Preferred
(each, an “Event”). An increase in the amount of the authorized preferred stock, including the Series B Preferred,
or the creation or issuance of any additional Series B Preferred or other series of preferred stock that we may issue, or any
increase in the amount of authorized shares of such series, in each case ranking on a parity with or junior to the Series B Preferred
with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed
an Event and will not require us to obtain two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Series B Preferred
and all such other similarly affected series, outstanding at the time (voting together as a class).
The
foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise
be required shall be effected, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall have been redeemed or called for redemption
upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.
Except
as expressly stated in the Certificate of Designations, filed as Exhibit __ hereto, or as may be required by applicable law, the
Series B Preferred do not have any relative, participating, optional or other special voting rights or powers and the consent
of the holders thereof shall not be required for the taking of any corporate action.
No
Conversion Rights
The
Series B Preferred is not convertible into our common stock or any other security of the Company.
No
Preemptive Rights
The
holders of the Series B Preferred will not, as holders of Series B Preferred, have any preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe
for our common stock or any other security.
Change
of Control
Provisions
in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer,
change of control or takeover attempt, which is opposed by management and our Board.
Anti-Dilution
Rights
The
Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred provides that if we effect a stock dividend, a stock split or a reverse
split of the Series B Preferred, the dividend and redemption rates will be proportionately adjusted.
Warrants
Holders
of each Warrant may purchase one share of our Common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share on a post-Reverse Split basis,
subject to adjustment as discussed below under “Exercise Price/Adjustment”, immediately following the sale of each
Unit and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, for a period of five years after the date of issuance.
Exercisability
The
Warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance and at any time up to the date that is five years after their
original issuance. The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the Warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date
at the offices of our stock transfer agent , with the exercise form on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate completed and
executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for
the number of warrants being exercised.
Exercise
Limitation
A
holder may not exercise any portion of a Warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person
or entity acting as a group, would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership
is determined in accordance with the terms of the Warrant, except that upon prior notice from the holder to us, the holder may
waive such limitation up to a percentage not in excess of 9.99%.
Exercise
Price/Adjustment
The
exercise price of the Warrants is $3.00 per share on a post Reverse Split basis (the “Warrant Exercise Price” or
“Exercise Price”). The Exercise Price is subject to proportionate adjustment in the event of certain stock
dividends and distributions, stock splits, reverse splits, reclassifications or similar events affecting our common
stock.
In
addition, the exercise price of the Warrants is subject to adjustment in the event during the five year exercise period from the
original issuance of the Warrants, if we sell any shares of our Common stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable or convertible
into our Common stock, subject to certain exceptions, at a price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrants then in
effect or without consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company has completed an equity raise in an amount sufficient
to qualify its securities for up listing on the NASDAQ, NYSE or other exchange, the outstanding Warrants after the up listing
of the Company’s securities will no longer be subject to adjustment of the exercise price if we sell any securities exchangeable
or exercisable or convertible into our Common stock at a price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrants then in
effect.
Fractional
Shares
No
fractional shares of our common stock will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of any Warrant, a holder
would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of our common stock, we will, upon exercise, round up to the number
of shares of commons stock to the next whole share.
Transferability
Subject
to applicable laws, the Warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.
Warrant
Agent; Global Certificate
The
Warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agent agreement between the Warrant Agent and us. The Warrants shall
initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the Warrant Agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository
Trust Company (DTC) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.]
Rights
as a Stockholder
The
Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of our common stock or any voting rights until their respective
Warrants are exercised and shares of our common stock are issued upon such exercise. After the issuance of shares of common stock
upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which
our stockholders are entitled to vote.
Governing
Law
The
Warrants and he warrant agent agreement are governed by Nevada law.
Trading
Market
We
expect that the Units, the Series B Preferred and the Warrants will be quoted on the OTCQB under the symbols EWLLU, EWLLB AND
EWLLW, respectively.
Our
goal is to apply to Nasdaq or OTCQX or OTCQB to list our Common stock, Units, Series B Preferred, and Warrants on that exchange
but there can be no assurance that any of our securities will, in fact, qualify for listing or quotation on Nasdaq or the OTCQX
or OTCQB. We presently do not meet all of Nasdaq’s quantitative initial listing
requirements or the OTCQX quotation requirements. If in the future we believe we do comply with the Nasdaq initial listing quantitative
requirements, we must also meet its qualitative requirements. We cannot assure you that any of our securities will be listed on
Nasdaq, OTCQX or OTCQB. However, our plan is to have the initial closing of our Units after the sale of 68,000 Units resulting
in proceeds of $1.7 million which will qualify for quotation on the ORCQB, provided that we have the minimum number of holders
of the Series B Preferred and Warrants. See “Risk Factors.”
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
VStock
Transfer LLC will act as the registrar, transfer agent and dividend and redemption price disbursing agent in respect of the Series
B Preferred and Warrants. The principal business address of VStock Transfer LLC is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, (212)
828-8436.
Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The
following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be applicable to “U.S. holders”
and “non-U.S. holders” (each as defined below) with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Series
B Preferred offered by this prospectus. This discussion only applies to purchasers who purchase and hold the Series B Preferred
as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This discussion does
not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to each purchaser or holder of the Series B Preferred in light of
its particular circumstances.
This
discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These
authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those
summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation (such as the alternative minimum
tax) and does not describe any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to a purchaser or holder
of the Series B Preferred in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the U.S.
federal income tax consequences applicable to a purchaser or a holder of the Series B Preferred who is subject to special treatment
under U.S. federal income tax laws (including, a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a pass-through
entity or an investor in a pass-through entity, a tax-exempt entity, pension or other employee benefit plans, financial institutions
or broker-dealers, persons holding the Series B Preferred as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, a person
subject to the alternative minimum tax, an insurance company, former U.S. citizens or former long-term U.S. residents). We cannot
assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.
If
a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the Series B Preferred,
the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and
the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner of a partnership holding the Series B Preferred, you
should consult your tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the Series
B Preferred.
You
should consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning, and disposing
of these securities, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign, or other tax jurisdiction
and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.
U.S.
Holders
Subject
to the qualifications set forth above, the following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that
may relate to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Series B Preferred by “U.S. holders.” You are a “U.S.
holder” if you are a beneficial owner of Series B Preferred and you are for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
|
-
|
an individual citizen
or resident of the United States;
|
|
-
|
a corporation (or
other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
-
|
an estate the income
of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
-
|
a trust if it (i)
is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority
to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury
regulations to be treated as a United States person.
|
Distributions
in General. If distributions are made with respect to the Series B Preferred, such distributions will be treated
as dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code. We do not, however,
currently have current or accumulated earnings and profits. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds such earnings and profits
will first be applied to reduce a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Series B Preferred on a share-by-share basis, and the excess
will be treated as gain from the disposition of the Series B Preferred, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.”
Under
current law, dividends received by individual holders of the Series B Preferred will be subject to a reduced maximum tax rate
of 20% if such dividends are treated as “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The rate
reduction does not apply to dividends received to the extent that the individual shareholder elects to treat the dividends as
“investment income,” which may be offset against investment expenses. Furthermore, the rate reduction does not apply
to dividends that are paid to individual stockholders with respect to Series B Preferred that is held for 60 days or less during
the 121 day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which the Series B Preferred becomes ex-dividend
(or where the dividend is attributable to a period or periods in excess of 366 days, Series B Preferred that is held for 90 days
or less during the 181 day period beginning on the date which is 90 days before the date on which the Series B Preferred becomes
ex-dividend). Also, if a dividend received by an individual shareholder that qualifies for the rate reduction is an “extraordinary
dividend” within the meaning of Section 1059 of the Code, any loss recognized by such individual shareholder on a subsequent
disposition of the stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such “extraordinary dividend,”
irrespective of such shareholder’s holding period for the stock. In addition, dividends recognized by U.S. holders that
are individuals could be subject to the 3.8% tax on net investment income. Individual stockholders should consult their own tax
advisors regarding the implications of these rules in light of their particular circumstances.
Dividends
received by corporate stockholders generally will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Generally, this deduction
is allowed if the underlying stock is held for at least 46 days during the 91 day period beginning on the date 45 days before
the ex-dividend date of the stock, and for cumulative preferred stock with an arrearage of dividends attributable to a period
in excess of 366 days, the holding period is at least 91 days during the 181 day period beginning on the date 90 days before the
ex-dividend date of the stock. Corporate stockholders of the Series B Preferred should also consider the effect of Section 246A
of the Code, which reduces the dividends-received deduction allowed to a corporate shareholder that has incurred indebtedness
that is “directly attributable” to an investment in portfolio stock such as preferred stock. If a corporate shareholder
receives a dividend on the Series B Preferred that is an “extraordinary dividend” within the meaning of Section 1059
of the Code, the shareholder in certain instances must reduce its basis in the Series B Preferred by the amount of the “nontaxed
portion” of such “extraordinary dividend” that results from the application of the dividends-received deduction.
If the “nontaxed portion” of such “extraordinary dividend” exceeds such corporate shareholder’s
basis, any excess will be taxed as gain as if such shareholder had disposed of its shares in the year the “extraordinary
dividend” is paid. Each domestic corporate holder of the Series B Preferred is urged to consult with its tax advisors with
respect to the eligibility for and the amount of any dividends received deduction and the application of Code Section 1059 to
any dividends it may receive on the Series B Preferred.
Constructive
Distributions on Series B Preferred. A distribution by a corporation of its stock deemed made with respect to its
preferred stock is treated as a distribution of property to which Section 301 of the Code applies. If a corporation issues preferred
stock that may be redeemed at a price higher than its issue price, the excess (a “redemption premium”) is treated
under certain circumstances as a constructive distribution (or series of constructive distributions) of additional preferred stock.
The constructive distribution of property equal to the redemption premium would accrue without regard to the holder’s method
of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes at a constant yield determined under principles similar to the determination
of original issue discount (“OID”) pursuant to Treasury regulations under Sections 1271 through 1275 of the Code (the
“OID Rules”). The constructive distributions of property would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as
actual distributions of the Series B Preferred that would constitute a dividend, return of capital or capital gain to the holder
of the stock in the same manner as cash distributions described under “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations -
U.S. Holders: Distributions in General.” The application of principles similar to those applicable to debt instruments with
OID to a redemption premium for the Series B Preferred is uncertain.
We
have the right to call the Series B Preferred for redemption on or after November 4, 2020 (the “call option”), and
have the option to redeem the Series B Preferred upon any Change of Control (the “contingent call option”). The stated
redemption price of the Series B Preferred upon any redemption pursuant to our call option or contingent call option is equal
to the liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred (i.e., $25.00, plus accrued and unpaid dividends) and is payable in cash.
If
the redemption price of the Series B Preferred exceeds the issue price of the Series B Preferred Stock upon any redemption pursuant
to our call option or contingent call option, the excess will be treated as a redemption premium that may result in certain circumstances
in a constructive distribution or series of constructive distributions to U.S. holders of additional Series B Preferred. The redemption
price for the Series B Preferred should be the liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred Assuming that the issue price
of the Series B Preferred is determined under principles similar to the OID Rules, the issue price for the Series B Preferred
should be the initial Offering price to the public (excluding bond houses and brokers) at which a substantial amount of the Series
B Preferred is sold.
A
redemption premium for the Series B Preferred should not result in constructive distributions to U.S. holders of the Series B
Preferred if the redemption premium is less than a de-minimis amount as determined under principles similar to the OID Rules.
A redemption premium for the Series B Preferred should be considered de-minimis if such premium is less than .0025 of the Series
B Preferred liquidation value of $__ at maturity, multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity. Because the determination
under the OID Rules of a maturity date for the Series B Preferred is unclear, the remainder of this discussion assumes that the
Series B Preferred is issued with a redemption premium greater than a de-minimis amount.
The
call option should not require constructive distributions of the redemption premium, if based on all of the facts and circumstances
as of the issue date, a redemption pursuant to the call option is not more likely than not to occur. The Treasury regulations
provide that an issuer’s right to redeem will not be treated as more likely than not to occur if: (i) the issuer and the
holder of the stock are not related within the meaning of Section 267(b) or Section 707(b) of the Code (substituting “20%”
for the phrase “50%); (ii) there are no plans, arrangements, or agreements that effectively require or are intended to compel
the issuer to redeem the stock; and (iii) exercise of the right to redeem would not reduce the yield on the stock determined using
principles applicable to the determination of OID under the OID Rules. The fact that a redemption right is not within the safe
harbor described in the preceding sentence does not mean that an issuer’s right to redeem is more likely than not to occur
and the issuer’s right to redeem must still be tested under all the facts and circumstances to determine if it is more likely
than not to occur. We do not believe that a redemption pursuant to the call option should be treated as more likely than not to
occur under the foregoing test. Accordingly, no U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred should be required to recognize constructive
distributions of the redemption premium because of our call option.
Disposition
of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions. Upon any sale, exchange, redemption (except as discussed below) or
other disposition of the Series B Preferred, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between
the amount realized by the U.S. holder and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred. Such capital
gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Series B Preferred is longer
than one year. A U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors with respect to applicable tax rates and netting rules for capital
gains and losses. Certain limitations exist on the deduction of capital losses by both corporate and non-corporate taxpayers.
In addition, gains recognized by U.S. holders that are individuals could be subject to the 3.8% tax on net investment income.
A
redemption of shares of the Series B Preferred will generally be a taxable event. If the redemption is treated as a sale or exchange,
instead of a dividend, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss (which will be long-term capital gain or loss, if the
U.S. holder’s holding period for such Series B Preferred exceeds one year) equal to the difference between the amount realized
by the U.S. holder and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred redeemed, except to the extent that
any cash received is attributable to any accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred, which will be subject to the
rules discussed above in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Distributions in General.”
A payment made in redemption of Series B Preferred may be treated as a dividend, rather than as payment in exchange for the Series
B Preferred, unless the redemption:
●
|
is “not essentially
equivalent to a dividend” with respect to a U.S. holder under Section 302(b)(1) of the Code;
|
●
|
is a “substantially
disproportionate” redemption with respect to a U.S. holder under Section 302(b)(2) of the Code;
|
●
|
results in a “complete
redemption” of a U.S. holder’s stock interest in the company under Section 302(b)(3) of the Code; or
|
●
|
is a redemption
of stock held by a non-corporate shareholder, which results in a partial liquidation of the company under Section 302(b)(4)
of the Code.
|
In
determining whether any of these tests has been met, a U.S. holder must take into account not only shares of the Series B Preferred
and the common stock that the U.S. Holder actually owns, but also shares of stock that the U.S. holder constructively owns within
the meaning of Section 318 of the Code.
A
redemption payment will be treated as “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” if it results in a “meaningful
reduction” in a U.S. holder’s aggregate stock interest in the company, which will depend on the U.S. holder’s
particular facts and circumstances at such time. If the redemption payment is treated as a dividend, the rules discussed above
in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Distributions in General” apply.
Satisfaction
of the “complete redemption” and “substantially disproportionate” exceptions is dependent upon compliance
with the objective tests set forth in Section 302(b)(3) and Section 302(b)(2) of the Code, respectively. A redemption will result
in a “complete redemption” if either all of the shares of our stock actually and constructively owned by a U.S. holder
are exchanged in the redemption or all of the shares of our stock actually owned by the U.S. holder are exchanged in the redemption
and the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and the U.S. holder effectively waives, the attribution of shares of our stock constructively
owned by the U.S. holder in accordance with the procedures described in Section 302(c)(2) of Code. A redemption does not qualify
for the “substantially disproportionate” exception if the stock redeemed is only non-voting stock, and for this purpose,
stock which does not have voting rights until the occurrence of an event is not voting stock until the occurrence of the specified
event. Accordingly, any redemption of the Series B Preferred generally will not qualify for this exception because the voting
rights are limited as provided in the “Description of Series B Preferred -Voting Rights.” For purposes of the “redemption
from non-corporate stockholders in a partial liquidation” test, a distribution will be treated as in partial liquidation
of a corporation if the distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend (determined at the corporate level rather than
the shareholder level) and the distribution is pursuant to a plan and occurs within the taxable year in which the plan was adopted
or within the succeeding taxable year. For these purposes, a distribution is generally not essentially equivalent to a dividend
if the distribution results in a corporate contraction. The determination of what constitutes a corporate contraction is factual
in nature and has been interpreted under case law to include the termination of a business or line of business. Each U.S. holder
of the Series B Preferred should consult its own tax advisors to determine whether a payment made in redemption of the Series
B Preferred will be treated as a dividend or a payment in exchange for the Series B Preferred. If the redemption payment is treated
as a dividend, the rules discussed above in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Distributions
in General” apply. Under proposed Treasury regulations, if any amount received by a U.S. holder in redemption of Series
B Preferred is treated as a distribution with respect to such holder’s Series B Preferred, but not as a dividend, such amount
will be allocated to all shares of the Series B Preferred held by such holder immediately before the redemption on a pro rata
basis. The amount applied to each share will reduce such holder’s adjusted tax basis in that share and any excess after
the basis is reduced to zero will result in taxable gain. If such holder has different bases in shares of the Series B Preferred,
then the amount allocated could reduce a portion of the basis in certain shares while reducing all of the basis, and giving rise
to taxable gain, in other shares. Thus, such holder could have gain even if such holder’s aggregate adjusted tax basis in
all shares of the Series B Preferred held exceeds the aggregate amount of such distribution.
The
proposed Treasury regulations permit the transfer of basis in the redeemed shares of the Series B Preferred to the holder’s
remaining, unredeemed Series B Preferred (if any), but not to any other class of stock held, directly or indirectly, by the holder.
Any unrecovered basis in the Series B Preferred would be treated as a deferred loss to be recognized when certain conditions are
satisfied. The proposed Treasury regulations would be effective for transactions that occur after the date the regulations are
published as final Treasury regulations. There can, however, be no assurance as to whether, when and in what particular form such
proposed Treasury regulations are ultimately finalized.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding. Information reporting and backup withholding may apply with respect to payments of dividends
on the Series B Preferred and to certain payments of proceeds on the sale or other disposition of the Series B Preferred. Certain
non-corporate U.S. holders may be subject to U.S. backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) on payments of dividends on
the Series B Preferred and certain payments of proceeds on the sale or other disposition of the Series B Preferred unless the
beneficial owner thereof furnishes the payor or its agent with a taxpayer identification number, certified under penalties of
perjury, and certain other information, or otherwise establishes, in the manner prescribed by law, an exemption from backup withholding.
U.S. backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as
a refund or a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, which may entitle the U.S. holder to a refund,
provided the U.S. holder timely furnishes the required information to the Internal Revenue Service.
Non-U.S.
Holders
Subject
to the qualifications set forth above under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” the following
discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Series B
Preferred by certain “Non-U.S. holders.” You are a “Non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of
the Series B Preferred and you are not a “U.S. holder.”
Distributions
on the Series B Preferred. If distributions are made with respect to the Series B Preferred, such distributions
will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code and
may be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings
and profits will first be applied to reduce the Non-U.S. holder’s basis in the Series B Preferred and, to the extent such
portion exceeds the Non-U.S. holder’s basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the Series B Preferred,
the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - Non-U.S. Holders:
Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.” In addition, if we are a U.S. real property holding corporation,
i.e. a “USRPHC,” and any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we will need to choose
to satisfy our withholding requirements either by treating the entire distribution as a dividend, subject to the withholding rules
in the following paragraph (and withhold at a minimum rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income
tax treaty for distributions from a USRPHC), or by treating only the amount of the distribution equal to our reasonable estimate
of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as a dividend, subject to the withholding rules in the following paragraph,
with the excess portion of the distribution subject to withholding at a rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be specified by
an applicable income tax treaty as if such excess were the result of a sale of shares in a USRPHC (discussed below under “Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - Non-U.S. Holders: Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions”), with
a credit generally allowed against the Non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability in an amount equal to the amount
withheld from such excess.
Dividends
paid to a Non-U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or
such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with
the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable
to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided
that certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied including completing Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI
(or other applicable form). Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner
as if the Non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides
otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch
profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. holder
of the Series B Preferred who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed
below, for dividends will be required to (i) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable
form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible
for treaty benefits, or (ii) if the Series B Preferred is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification
requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. A Non-U.S. holder of the Series B Preferred eligible for a reduced rate of U.S.
withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate
claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
Disposition
of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions. Any gain realized by a Non-U.S. holder on the disposition of the
Series B Preferred will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:
|
●
|
the gain is effectively
connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax
treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. holder in the United States);
|
|
●
|
the Non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain
other conditions are met; or
|
|
●
|
we are or have been
a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as such term is defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and such Non-U.S. holder
owned directly or pursuant to attribution rules at any time during the five year period ending on the date of disposition
more than 5% of the Series B Preferred. This assumes that the Series B Preferred is regularly traded on an established securities
market, within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code.
|
A
Non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will generally be subject to tax on the net gain derived
from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. holder were a United
States person as defined under the Code, and if it is a corporation, may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30%
of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
An individual Non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax (or at
such reduced rate as may be provided by an applicable treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source
capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. A Non-U.S. holder described in the
third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates with
respect to the gain recognized in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code.
If a Non-U.S. holder is subject to U.S. federal income tax on any sale, exchange, redemption (except as discussed below), or other
disposition of the Series B Preferred, such a Non-U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between
the amount realized by the Non-U.S. holder and the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred. Such
capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the Series B Preferred
is longer than one year. A Non-U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors with respect to applicable tax rates and netting
rules for capital gains and losses. Certain limitations exist on the deduction of capital losses by both corporate and Non-corporate
taxpayers. If a Non-U.S. holder is subject to U.S. federal income tax on any disposition of the Series B Preferred, a redemption
of shares of the Series B Preferred will be a taxable event. If the redemption is treated as a sale or exchange, instead of a
dividend, a Non-U.S. holder generally will recognize long-term capital gain or loss, if the Non-U.S. holder’s holding period
for such Series B Preferred exceeds one year, equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and fair market value
of property received and the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series B Preferred redeemed, except that to the
extent that any cash received is attributable to any accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred, which generally will
be subject to the rules discussed above in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - Non-U.S. Holders: Distributions
on the Series B Preferred.” A payment made in redemption of the Series B Preferred may be treated as a dividend, rather
than as payment in exchange for the Series B Preferred, in the same circumstances discussed above under “Certain U.S. Federal
Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Holders: Disposition of Series B Preferred, Including Redemptions.” Each Non-U.S. holder
of the Series B Preferred should consult its own tax advisors to determine whether a payment made in redemption of the Series
B Preferred will be treated as a dividend or as payment in exchange for the Series B Preferred.
Information
reporting and backup withholding. We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each Non-U.S.
holder the amount of dividends paid to such Non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of
whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made
available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income
tax treaty. A Non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends paid to such Non-U.S. holder as long as such
Non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge
or reason to know that such Non-U.S. holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such Non-U.S. holder otherwise
establishes an exemption. Depending on the circumstances, information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds
received from a sale or other disposition of the Series B Preferred unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury
that it is a Non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United
States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption. U.S. backup withholding tax is not
an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S.
holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue
Service.
Foreign
Account Tax Compliance Act. Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (provisions which are commonly referred to as
“FATCA”), generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on Series B Preferred paid on or after July 1, 2014
and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of Series B Preferred paid on or after January 1, 2019 to: (i) a foreign
financial institution (as that term is defined in Section 1471(d)(4) of the Code) unless that foreign financial institution enters
into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury Department to collect and disclose information regarding U.S. account holders of that
foreign financial institution (including certain account holders that are foreign entities that have U.S. owners) and satisfies
other requirements; and (ii) specified other foreign entities unless such an entity certifies that it does not have any substantial
U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity satisfies
other specified requirements. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of FATCA to them
and whether it may be relevant to their purchase, ownership and disposition of Series B Preferred.
Plan
of Distribution
The
Offering
The
Units are being offered by our officers and directors without any compensation for selling Units. The Units are offered on a best
effort no minimum basis which creates a higher degree of risk for earlier investors. See “Risk Factors.” All proceeds
shall be paid to the order of IFEB Bank, the Escrow Agent, shall deposit all funds into an escrow account it has created. The
Escrow Agent shall retain $9.75 per Unit as a fund to ensure investors will receive 13% cash dividends for the initial three years
resulting in proceeds to the Company of $15.25 per Unit, prior. The Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred requires
our Board to declare them, subject to the NRS requirement and limitations.
Placement
Agent Agreement
The Offering will be made using the services
of our management, who will not be compensated for their services and efforts related to the Offering of our Units. We also contemplate
utilizing the services of one or more placement agents (collectively, the “Placement Agents”), which means our management
and Placement Agent(s) will attempt to sell the Units, including the Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants, being offered hereby
on behalf of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Placement Agent Agreement, we will pay the Placement Agents, at each
closing (each a “Closing”): (i) a cash commission equal to nine (9%) percent of the gross proceeds received by
the Company from qualified investors from such closing (the “Cash Fee”) as a direct result of the selling efforts
and introductions of each respective Placement Agent and (ii) at the final Closing of the
Offering, as additional compensation for the services provided by the Placement Agent(s) hereunder, the Company will
issue to the Placement Agents a number of warrants (the “Placement
Agent Warrants”) equal to nine (9%) percent of the total number of Units sold to Qualified Investors as a direct result
of the selling efforts and introductions of each respective Placement Agent. The Placement Agent Warrants will entitle each respective
Placement Agent to purchase for a period of five (5) years the number of Units subject to each Placement Agent’s Warrants,
at the Unit Offering Price of $25.00 per Unit, solely based upon the selling efforts and introductions of each respective Placement
Agent to Qualified Investors who, in fact, subscribe for and purchase Units in the Offering.
Escrow
Agreement
Under
the terms of the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Agent will pay all remaining funds to the Company less expenses of the Escrow Agent
as proceeds of payment are cleared. However, if the Escrow Agent receives notice that a broker-dealer has sold Units (which notice
may be by email form the broker-dealer), the Escrow Agent will (with our consent) pay the broker-dealer the commissions described
in the next paragraph.
While
we do not have any agreements with any broker-dealers to sell Units, we have obtained approval from the Financial Regulatory Authority
that broker-dealers who sell Units may receive commissions of 10% of the $25 Unit Offering Price or $25 per Unit.
Legal
Matters
The
validity of the Series B Preferred offered hereby and other certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by The Lonergan Law
Firm, LLC, Lawrence R. Lonergan, Esq. We have filed a copy of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the registration statement, of which
this prospectus is included, with respect to the securities subject to the Offering.
Experts
The
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019
and 2018, included in this prospectus have been so included by reference in reliance on the report of Haynie & Company, P.A.,
independent registered public accounting firm, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
Where
You Can Find MORE Information
We
have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Units and the shares
of Series B Preferred and the Warrants offered by this prospectus as part of the Units. This prospectus, which constitutes a part
of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is
contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
with respect to us, the Units, our Series B Preferred, and the Warrants, we refer you to the registration statement, including
the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of
any contract or any other documents are summaries only of the material provisions of such documents, and each statement is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the full text of the applicable document filed with the SEC.
We
file annual reports, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an
Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically
with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
We
also maintain an Internet website at https://www.phzio.com. All of our reports filed with the SEC (including Annual Reports on
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements) are accessible through the Investor
Relations section of our website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing. The reference to
our website in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not
part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect
to our securities.
DISCLOSURE
OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES
Our
directors and officers are indemnified as provided by Section 145 of the Nevada General Corporation Law and our amended and restated
bylaws. We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our
directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, we have been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than our payment
of expenses incurred or paid by our director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless
in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
2,000,000
Units
Each
Unit Consisting of
One
Share of 13% Series B Preferred Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock and
Five
Warrants Each Exercisable to Purchase One Shares of Common Stock
Liquidation
Preference $25 per Series B Preferred Stock
PROSPECTUS
April 9, 2020
PART
II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item
13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The
following is an estimate of the expenses (all of which are to be paid by the Company) that we may incur in connection with the
securities being registered hereby.
Offering Expenses
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
6,490
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
$
|
31,000
|
|
Printing expenses
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
Item
14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Our
articles of incorporation, by-laws and director indemnification agreements provide that each person who was or is made a party
or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director
or an officer of the Company or, in the case of a director, is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, or trustee
of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee
benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee
or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the
fullest extent authorized by the Nevada General Corporation Law against all expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or
suffered by such.
Section
145 of the Nevada General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify any director or officer of the corporation against
expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in
connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer
of the corporation, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed
to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reason
to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, (i.e., one brought by or on behalf of the corporation),
indemnification may be provided only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any director or officer in connection with
the defense or settlement of such an action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be provided
if such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which
the action or suit was brought shall determine that the defendant is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
despite such adjudication of liability.
Pursuant
to Section 102(b)(7) of the Nevada General Corporation Law, Article Seven of our articles of incorporation eliminates the liability
of a director to us for monetary damages for such a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liabilities arising:
●
from any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us;
●
from acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
●
under Section 174 of the Nevada General Corporation Law; and
●
from any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
We
have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided
for in the Bylaws, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the
future.
Insofar
as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion
of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered,
the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item
15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Information
regarding any equity securities we have sold during the period covered by this Report that were not registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, is set forth below. Each such transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, unless otherwise noted.
Unless stated otherwise: (i) the securities were offered and sold only to accredited investors; (ii) there was no general solicitation
or general advertising related to the offerings; (iii) each of the persons who received these unregistered securities had knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters which allowed them to evaluate the merits and risk of the receipt of these securities,
and that they were knowledgeable about our operations and financial condition; (iv) no underwriter participated in, nor did we
pay any commissions or fees to any underwriter in connection with the transactions; and, (v) each certificate issued for these
unregistered securities contained a legend stating that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and setting
forth the restrictions on the transferability and the sale of the securities.
On
February 12, 2020, FINRA approved a 50:1 reverse split for the Company’s common stock. Consequently, all common shares have
been adjusted as if the reverse split was completed at the beginning of the year ended December 31, 2018.
Sales
of Unregistered Securities in 2019:
On
February 7, 2019, the Company executed an amendment to a contract executed on April 8, 2018 for twelve months for consulting services.
The Company issued 5,000 shares of common stock at the signing of the contract valued at $30,750 that is being amortized over
the life of the contract.
On
March 22, 2019, the Company issued 65,217 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note for
the first tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity date. The
value of these shares is $375,000 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed. The Company also issued
20,000 shares of common stock to the institutional investor as a commitment fee. The value of these shares is $115,000.
On
April 2, 2019, the Company issued 16,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a capital call notice in relation to an Equity Purchase
Agreement dated June 18, 2018. The capital call totaled $59,100.
On
May 17, 2019, the Company executed a contract for three months for consulting services. The Company issued 10,000 shares of common
stock at the signing of the contract valued at $53,000 that is being amortized over the life of the contract. The contract further
indicated that another 10,000 shares were to be issued at the end of three months. The Company issued the second 10,000 shares
of common stock on August 20, 2019. The value of the shares is $31,200 and was expensed.
On
July 10, 2019, the Company issued 53,846 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note for
the second tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity date. The
value of these shares is $167,462 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed.
On
September 30, 2019, the Company issued 80,000 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note
for the third and final tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity
date. The value of these shares is $280,000 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed.
On
September 25, 2019, the Company executed a contract for six months for consulting services. The contract included the issuance
of 5,000 shares of common stock. The value of these shares is $13,750 which was recorded as prepaid and is being amortized over
the life of the contract.
On
September 30, 2019, the Company issued 80,000 shares of common stock to an institutional investor as part of a promissory note
for the third and final tranche payment. These shares are returnable if the Company repays the promissory note before the maturity
date. The value of these shares is $280,000 which was recorded as prepaid until the six-month maturity has passed.
On
October 3, 2019, the Company executed a contract for twelve months for consulting services. The contract included the issuance
of 16,000 shares of common stock. The value of these shares is $26,000 which was recorded as prepaid and is being amortized over
the life of the contract.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 117,500 shares of common stock to consultants for services rendered in accordance
to consulting agreements. The value of these shares is $480,685.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 8,225,381 shares of common stock for debt conversion totaling $1,955,557
which includes $1,776.901 principal, $157,756 accrued interest and $20,900 financing fees.
Sales
of Unregistered Securities in 2018:
In
June 2018, the Company executed an Equity Purchase Agreement with an institutional investor within which the investor agrees to
purchase up to $1,500,000 of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001. As an inducement to the investor to enter into
the agreement, the Company issued 20,000 restricted shares of common stock to the investor valued at $70,000.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 80,000 shares of common stock for settlement of a complaint filed in the
United States Federal District Count (see Footnote 7). The debt settled totaled $236,869 which includes $56,817 of accrued interest.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 106,000 shares of common stock for consulting services for a value of $512,115.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 52,000 shares of common stock for consulting services. The weighted average
price of these shares was $5.00. The value of these shares is $239,300 and is being amortized over the life of the contracts ranging
from six to twelve months.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 625,714 shares of common stock for debt conversion. The total debt conversion
was $1,284,582 principal and $172,200 of accrued interest.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 49,377 shares of common stock for financing costs relating to convertible
debt. The value of the financing costs was $127,374.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 348,000 shares of common stock to officers, directors and consultants per
our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan adopted on January 2, 2018. The value of the shares issued was $1,566,000, of which $1,215,912
was recorded as a reduction of contributed capital.
Sales
of Unregistered Securities in 2017:
In
January 2017, 27,266 warrants were exercised under a cashless exercise and 26,722 shares of common stock were issued.
On
January 19, 2017, the Company issued 28.000 shares of common stock for extinguishment of accounts payable for a value of $49,000.
On
March 29, 2017, the Company issued 2,000 shares of common stock to a related party for extinguishment of accounts payable for
a value of $35,000.
On
April 1, 2017, the Company issued 505,618 shares of common stock to a related party for extinguishment of accounts payable for
a value of $225,000. These shares relate to a contract leasing the telemedicine platform from Bistromatics, a company owned by
our CTO.
During
the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued 66,812 shares of common stock for consulting services for a value of $355,880.
During
the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued 100,500 shares of common stock for consulting services. The weighted average
price of these shares was $4.00. The value of these shares is being amortized over the life of the contracts ranging from six
to twelve months.
During
the year ended December 31,2017, the Company issued 1,070,691 shares of common stock for debt conversion. The total debt conversion
was $797,913 principal and $45,192 of accrued interest.
The
securities issued have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent
registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.
The
Registrant’s issuance of the above restricted securities was in reliance upon the exemption from registration pursuant to
Section 4(2) and Regulation S promulgated by the SEC under the Act. Unless stated otherwise: (i) the securities were offered and
sold only to accredited investors; (ii) there was no general solicitation or general advertising related to the Offerings; (iii)
each of the persons who received these unregistered securities had knowledge and experience in financial and business matters
which allowed them to evaluate the merits and risk of the receipt of these securities, and that they were knowledgeable about
our operations and financial condition; (iv) no underwriter participated in, nor did we pay any commissions or fees to any underwriter
in connection with the transactions; and, (v) each certificate issued for these unregistered securities contained a legend stating
that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and setting forth the restrictions on the transferability
and the sale of the securities.
Item
16. Exhibits and Financial Statements.
(b)
Exhibits
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
3.1(a)
|
|
Amended
and Restated Articles of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K/A filed on August 6, 2014)
|
3.2
|
|
Bylaws
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 15, 2012)
|
5.1
|
|
Legal
Opinion of the Lonergan Law firm, LLC dated April 9, 2020, filed herewith.
|
10.24
|
|
Registrant’s
Rule 10b5-1-Equity Only, dated January 1, 2019, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement on
Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2019).
|
10.25
|
|
Registrant’s
2018 Employee Incentive Plan, dated January 1, 2018, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement
on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2019).
|
10.28
|
|
Cooperation
Agreement dated September 17, 2018, between Phzio USA, Inc. and First MCO, (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 27, 2018)
|
10.29
|
|
Certificate
of Designation of Series A Voting Preferred Stock, filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form s-1 on February
5, 2020.
|
10.30
|
|
Certificate
of Designation of 13% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock, filed with the Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1 on February 5, 2020.
|
10.31.2
|
|
Form
of Placement Agent Agreement, filed herewith.
|
10.32
|
|
Form
of Warrant Agreement filed with Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement on March 30, 2020.
|
The
list of exhibits in the Index to Exhibits to this registration statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item
17. Undertakings.
The
undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1)
To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i)
To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii)
To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if
the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high
end of the estimated maximum Offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule
424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change
in the maximum aggregate Offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective
registration statement.
(iii)
To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
Provided,
however, That:
(A)
Paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S–1 (§
239.11 of this chapter), Form S–3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), Form SF–3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) or Form
F–3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs
is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement,
or, as to a registration statement on Form S–3, Form SF–3 or Form F–3, is contained in a form of prospectus
filed pursuant to § 230.424(b) of this chapter that is part of the registration statement.
(2)
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the Offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide Offering thereof.
(3)
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold
at the termination of the Offering.
(4)
[Intentionally omitted]
(5)
That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
(i)
If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B of this chapter):
(A)
Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) (§ 230.424(b)(3) of this chapter) shall be deemed to be
part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement;
and
(B)
Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) (§230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of
this chapter) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an Offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i),
(vii), or (x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) of this chapter) for the purpose of providing the information required by
section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the
earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities
in the Offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that
is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to
the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the Offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide Offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement
or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference
into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of
contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date;
or
(ii)
If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C (§ 230.430C of this chapter), each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as
part of a registration statement relating to an Offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than
prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the
registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration
statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by
reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with
a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement
or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first
use.
(iii)
If the registrant is relying on § 230.430D of this chapter:
(A)
Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to § 230.424(b)(3) and (h) of this chapter shall be deemed to be part of
the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement;
and
(B)
Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to § 230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of this chapter as part of a registration
statement in reliance on § 230.430D of this chapter relating to an Offering made pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or
(a)(1)(xii) of this chapter for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933
(15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such
form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the Offering described
in the prospectus. As provided in § 230.430D of this chapter, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is
at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the
securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the Offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide Offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement
or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference
into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of
contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date;
or
(6)
That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial
distribution of the securities:
The
undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary Offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration
statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser
and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the Offering required to be filed pursuant
to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);
(ii)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the Offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred
to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the Offering containing material information about the undersigned
registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the Offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(7)
If the registrant is relying on § 230.430D of this chapter, with respect to any Offering of securities registered on Form
SF–3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), to file the information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an
effective registration statement in accordance with § 230.424(h) and § 230.430D of this chapter.
The
undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement
as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the Offering
of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide Offering thereof.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment no. 3 to the registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Ft. Lauderdale, State of Florida
on April 9, 2020.
eWELLNESS
HEALTH CORPORATION
By:
|
/s/
Darwin Fogt
|
|
|
Darwin Fogt
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
David Markowski
|
|
|
David Markowski
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)
|
|
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Douglas MacLellan
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
April
9, 2020
|
Douglas MacLellan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Darwin Fogt
|
|
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer) and
|
|
April
9, 2020
|
Darwin Fogt
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
David Markowski
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
and Principal
|
|
April
9, 2020
|
David Markowski
|
|
Accounting Officer) and Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Curtis Hollister
|
|
Chief Technology Officer and Director
|
|
April
9, 2020
|
Curtis Hollister
|
|
|
|
|
eWellness Healthcare (CE) (USOTC:EWLL)
Historical Stock Chart
From Nov 2024 to Dec 2024
eWellness Healthcare (CE) (USOTC:EWLL)
Historical Stock Chart
From Dec 2023 to Dec 2024